The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2006-140 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON BY-LAW 2006-140 Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Samson Management & Solution Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Ontario, to enter into agreement for the Enniskillen Fire Station Addition. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS AS FOLLOWS: 1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and seal with the Corporation Seal, a contract between, Samson Management & Solution Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Ontario, and said Corporation; and 2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A" form part of this By-law. By-law read a first and second time this 26 day of June, 2006. By-law read a third time and finally passed this 26 day of June, 2006. .. .. .. .. .. - - .. .. .. - .. .. .. .. .. THOM.A.$.BBQ .. .. .. CONTRACT COPY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for Construction of the ENNISKILLEN FIRE STATION ADDITION Municipality of C1arington July 10, 2006 .. February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 00004 CONTACT INFORMATION Page 1 of 1 - 1. .. - - 2. - .. .. 3. .. - .. 4. .. - .. - .. - .. ... The Municipality: The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, ON L 1 C 3A6 Tel: 905-623-3379 I Fax: 905-623-3330 E-mail: Ibirkett@municipality.clarington.on.ca Contact: Lou Ann Birkett, Purchasing Manager The Consultant: Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 394 King Street East Toronto, ON M5A 1 K9 Tel: 416-364-5710 I Fax: 416-364-4662 E-mail: pem@tbrownarch.ca Contact: Paul E. Mcintosh Structural Engineer: Ian Dunlop & Associates Ltd. 17 Cherry Hills Road Concord, ON L4K 1 M2 Tel: 905-660-1877 I Fax: 905-669-4573 E-mail: ian.dunlop@sympatico.ca Contact: Ian Dunlop Mechanical and Electrical Engineer: Contractor to bid on the basis of design build as described in the Contract Documents. END OF DOCUMENT .. July 10, 2006 00010 Municipality of Clarington LIST OF CONTENTS OF PROJECT MANUAL Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition Paae 1 of 2 In all cases, the sections of the project manual are written as units of work and have been assigned permanent numbers in accordance with CSC/CSI MasterFormat. They are arranged in sequence for this particular Contract. Any gaps in the order of numerical sequence do not indicate that a section has been inadvertently omitted but, rather, that a section is not included in the Work required for this Contract. .. .. ... Neither the organisation of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts, nor the arrangement of the drawings, is intended to control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers, or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by any trade. - S Indicates section has been prepared by the Structural Engineering Consultant M/E Indicates section has been prepared by the Mechanical/Electrical Engineering Consultant. All other sections have been prepared by the Consultant. Section Number and Title Number of Pages Date - INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION .. 00004 Contact Information.............................................................................1.... ..... ...... ..Feb.22, 2006 00010 List of Contents of Project Manual......................................................3.. ...... .........Feb.22, 2006 00015 List of Drawings................... ......................................... ...................... .1................. Feb.22, 2006 CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS .. - 00402 Bid Form Supplement 'B'................................. ................................... .8................. Feb.22, 2006 00403 Standard Terms & Conditions.............................................................9.................Feb.22, 2006 00500 Agreement and Definitions..................................................................1.............. ...Feb.22, 2006 00800 Supplementary Conditions........... ...................... ............................... ..3................ .Feb.22, 2006 00901 Addendum No. 01.................... .................... ...................................... .3................ .May 18, 2006 00902 Addendum No. 02.................................. ............................................ .2................. May 23, 2006 - CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS AND ACTIVITIES .. Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .. 01001 Definitions........................... .............................................................. ...2................. Feb.22, 2006 01210 Allowances...................... ............ ................. .......... ............................ .2................. Feb.22, 2006 01250 Contract Modification Procedures......................................................3 . ..... ... ....... .Feb.22, 2006 01290 Payment Procedures........................................... ............................... .3................. Feb.22, 2006 01300 Submittals............ .......... .................................................................... ..4................. Feb.22, 2006 01310 Coordination and Responsibility..........................................................6..... ... ... ......Feb.22, 2006 01400 Quality Control................. ................................................................. ...3................ .Feb.22, 2006 01501 Temporary Work.... ............................................. ............................. ....4................ .Feb.22, 2006 01600 Materials and Equipment.....................................................................4... ...... ....... .Feb.22, 2006 01630 Substitution Procedures............ ......................................................... .2................ .Feb.22, 2006 01730 Cutting and Patching.......................................................................... .2......... ....... .Feb.22, 2006 01731 Selective Building Demolition..............................................................3.. ... ...... .... ..Feb.22, 2006 01770 Project Closeout.................................................. ................................4................ .Feb.22, 2006 01900 General Requirements for the Building Envelope...............................2.................Feb.22, 2006 .. .. .. .. Division 2 - SITEWORK - 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling................................................5.................Feb.22, 2006 02701 Aggregates: General................................................................. ...... ... .2............ .... .Feb.22, 2006 02770 Concrete Curbs, Walks, and Bases....................................................3.................Feb.22, 2006 02910 Topsoil and Finish Grading.................................................................4.................Feb.22, 2006 02920 Sod ............................................................................................... .3................. Feb.22, 2006 .. .. 00010 LIST OF CONTENTS OF PROJECT MANUAL Page 2 of 2 July 10, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition III Section Number and Title...............................................................Number of Pages Date .. Division 3 - CONCRETE Cast-in-place Concrete .. ..... ... ..... .... ....... ....... ................ .......... ...... ..... .... ..... ........... . notes on Drawing A3 .. Division 4 - MASONRY ... 04051 Masonry Procedures.. ............... ....... .................. ........ ........................ .5................. Feb.22, 2006 04060 Mortar & Masonry Grout......................................................................2.................Feb.22, 2006 04080 Masonry Reinforcement & Connectors...............................................2.................Feb.22, 2006 11III 04090 Masonry Acessories....... .................................................................... .2................. Feb.22, 2006 04211 Face Brick & Stone Masonry...............................................................1.................Feb.22, 2006 04220 Concrete Masonry Units......................................................................1.................Feb.22, 2006 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies....................................................................6.................Feb.22, 2006 ... Division 5 - METALS Structural Steel........... .................................. ......................................................... .notes on Drawing A3 Metal Decking ........................................................................................... ........... .notes on Drawing A3 05500 Metal Fabrications.................. ................................. ........................... .3................. Feb.22, 2006 ... Division 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS wi 06100 Rough Carpentry........... .................................................... ................. .3................. Feb.22, 2006 06666 Plastic Laminates... .................................................... ......... ............... .3................. Feb.22, 2006 ... Division 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07130 Sheet Waterproofing.................................................. ........................ .2................. Feb.22, 2006 07212 Rigid Insulation.. .......... ..................................... .......... ........................ .2................. Feb.22, 2006 07260 Sheet Vapour Barrier................................................. ..................... .....2................. Feb.22, 2006 07272 Air Barriers................ ........ ....................................... ................... .........3................. Feb.22, 2006 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding...................................................................3................ .Feb.22, 2006 07530 EPDM Roofing............................................................... ................... ...4................. Feb.22, 2006 07620 Metal Flashing, Soffits, Fascias, and Trim..........................................4.................Feb.22, 2006 07840 Fire Stopping.... ............ ............................................... ..................... ...2................ .Feb.22, 2006 07900 Joint Sealers.......................................... ............. ............................. ....5................. Feb.22, 2006 .. ... ... Division 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS .. 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames.............................................................3.................Feb.22,2006 08500 Aluminum Windows............................................................................ .3................ .Feb.22, 2006 08800 Glass and Glazing.......... .................................................................... .5................. Feb.22, 2006 .. Division 9 - FINISHES ... 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall and Ceiling Framing......................................2.................Feb.22, 2006 09650 Resilient Flooring............................................................................. ....3................. Feb.22, 2006 09900 Painting............................................................................................... .8................. Feb.22, 2006 1M ... .. END OF DOCUMENT .. ... February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 00015 LIST OF DRAWINGS Page 1 of 1 .. Neither the organisation of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts, nor the arrangement of the drawings, is intended to control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers, or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by any trade. .. S Indicates drawing has been prepared by the Structural Engineering Consultant MIE Indicates drawing has been prepared by the Mechanical/Electrical Engineering Consultant. All other drawings have been prepared by the Consultant. ... Drawing Number and Title Date .. Architectural .. A1 A2 A3 Site Plan.. ................. .............................................. ................................ March 17, 2006 Floor Plan....... ........................... ........................... ................ ......... ........ .March 17, 2006 Elevations & Sections........... .............................................. .............. ...... March 17, 2006 - END OF DOCUMENT .. .. ... ... .. ... III .. - .. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON CONTRACTOR SAFETY 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 1 of 8 .. ... POLICY AND PROCEDURE ... .. ... .. . .. . ... . ... ... ... .. ... ... .. ... - ... POLICY: Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated on all safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as required by the Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety performance will be a consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Section 23 (1), (2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure that: the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations are carried out on the proiect; every employer and every worker performing work on the proiect complies with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations (under the Act); and Where so prescribed, a constructor shall, before commencing any work on a project, give to a Director notice in writing of the project containing such information as may be prescribed. DEFINITIONS: Contractor - any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the Municipality Project - means a construction project, whether public or private, including: the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining plant, shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway, parking lot, cofferdam, conduit, sewer, watermain, service connection, telegraph, telephone or electrical cable, pipe line, duct or well, or any combination thereof; the moving of a building or structure; and any work or undertaking, or any lands or appurtenances used in connection with construction. Construction - includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural maintenance, painting, land clearing, earth moving, grading, excavating, trenching, digging, boring, drilling, blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any work or undertaking in connection with a project. ... 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 2 of 8 February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 - CONTRACTOR SAFETY III f) POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... III Constructor - means a person who undertakes a project for an owner and includes an owner who undertakes all or part of a project himself or by more than one employer. .. Project Manager - means the municipal management representative who has responsibility for a contract. - PROCEDURE: III The following items are required before any Contractors are hired by the Municipality: .. a) Before beginning a project, the project manager or designate must determine whether any designated substances/hazardous materials are (or will be) present at the site and prepare a list of all these substances. - b) .. The project manager or designate must include, as part of the request for tender/quotations, a copy of the above mentioned list. The list of designated substances/hazardous materials must be provided to all prospective constructors and/or contractors. III c) The request for tender/quotations will require prospective contractors to include a list of the designated substances/hazardous materials that will be brought onto the work site and material safety data sheets. .. d) .. Before awarding a contract, the contractor(s) will be required to complete and sign the Health and Safety Practice Form (Schedule "A"). The Purchasing Office will maintain all contractors' safety performance records. ... e) As part of the tender/quotation conditions, before award of a contract, the contractor must provide details of their Health and Safety program. .. The project manager or designate, if necessary, will provide the successful contractor with a workplace orientation which will include, but not be limited to identifying known potential hazards, hazardous material inventory and material safety data sheets for the sites. .. IIiI .. .. .. February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 CONTRACTOR SAFETY 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 3 of 8 - .. - g) ... ... ... .. - ... - - - - - - .. - - POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... Before the start of the assignment the following documentation will be provided to the successful contractor, by the project manager or delegate: i) ii) iii) copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program departmental health and safety policies workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices h) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal protective equipment for their own workers, to include as a minimum but not limited to hard hats and safety boots. If a worker(s) fails to comply with any program, policy, rule or request regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not allowed on the site until the person(s) complies. i) The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned items are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality will have the right to issue warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies, rules, and/or if the contractor creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule "B"). j) Where applicable, the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal employees to refuse to work in accordance with the established policy and the Occupational Health and Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions. k) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all monies owing have been paid to the contractor. Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon the project manager or designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control practices and procedures for hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Orders. I) .. 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 4 of 8 February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 .. CONTRACTOR SAFETY .. POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... .. HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM To Contractor(s): .. The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment, contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health and safety. .. ... In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the accidenUincident and/or Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below, where applicable. .. · The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER) - The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups .. ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... ... .0. ... ... ... ... ... '0' ...... ....0 .. . The Council Amended Draft #? (CAD-?) Rating - The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... '0. ... ...... ....0 . Injury frequency performance for the last two years - This may be available from the contractor's trade association. lIlIII '0. .0. ... ...... ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... '0. ... ... '0. '" ... ... ...... ..... .. . Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two years? (If the answer is yes, please include the infraction). ... .. . Confirmation of Independent Operator Status - The WSIB independent operator number assigned: IIIIIi (Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WSIB with their bid submission). III .. - fill February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 CONTRACTOR SAFETY 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 5 of 8 ... ... .. .. ... - ... ... ... ... - ... ... 3. .. 4. .. .. - ... POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety policies, department and site specific polices and procedures and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public. 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its subcontractors and their employees: a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations thereunder (the ''Act'1; and b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act. 2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the contractor/successful tenderer shall: a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and b) ensure that its employees, its subcontractors and their employees act safely and comply with all aspects with the Act. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any person of the existence of such act, practice or non- compliance. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality and the Health and Safety Committee on the site at any time or times for the purpose of inspection to determine compliance with this contract/tender. 5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act. .. 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 6 of 8 February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 .. CONTRACTOR SAFETY .. POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... .. 6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality: wi a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant to this contract/tender; ... ! .Ii b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of any matter required pursuant to this contracUtender; and .. ifili .. c) from any and all charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or employees) shall be made a party to any charge under the Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contracUtender. ~i\sbfJ 13(L{t(S.ev1L- ~'M'Vl <;0fJ tv'\. ~ t\~S'JT + S; 0\.- \JT (, oN ~ L7P Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor Sig:2:Edo~ ~ IIlII ... L- ~u/,~ . Date .. .. ... .. .. .. .. fill - February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 CONTRACTOR SAFETY 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 7 of 8 - - POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... Schedule "B" - CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER ... The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following) ... o Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work practices, if it affects our workplace, described below. ... o Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this contract due to the unsafe work practice described below. - FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT. PART "A" - DETAILS OF CONTRACT ... CONTRACTOR/P.O. # .. DESCRIPTION: ... - NAME OF FIRM: ... - - ... - - - 00402 BID FORM: SUPPLEMENT 'B' Page 8 of 8 February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... PART "B" - DETAILS OF INFRACTION (TO BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER) DATE AND TIME OF INFRACTION DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION, INCLUDING LOCATION: ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY: DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER? DATE AND TIME OF COMPLIANCE: ISSUED TO: CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE ISSUED BY: MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE DEPARTMENT TITLE PART "C" - ADDITIONAL COMMENTS THIS SECTION TO BE USED INTERNALLY TO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO ISSUING THE WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER, I.E. DATE AND TIME WORK RESUMED, FURTHER ACTION TAKEN, ETC. END OF DOCUMENT III III .,j ... .. III lIIII .. III IllIIi lIIII .. ... filii ... II III .. III - February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 00403 Standard Terms & Conditions Page 1 of 9 - 1. General - .1 The following are the Municipality of Clarington's Standard Terms & Conditions. Should there be a conflict with the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents will apply. - - - - - - .. ... ... ... ... - .. - - - - - SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS Municipality - The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, its successors and assigns. - Bidder - The person, firm or corporation submitting a bid to the Municipality. ... Company - The person, contractor, firm or corporation to whom the Municipality has awarded the contract, it successors and assigns. ... Contract - The purchase order authorizing the company to perform the work, purchase order alterations, the document and addenda, the bid, and surety. Subcontractor - A person, firm or corporation having a contract with the company for, or any part of, the work. ... Document - The document(s) issued by the Municipality in response to which bids are invited to perform the work in accordance with the specifications contained in the document. - Bid - An offer by a Bidder in response to the document issued by the Municipality. Work - All labour, materials, products, articles, fixtures, services, supplies, and acts required to be done, fumished or performed by the company, which are subject to the Contract. - 2. SUBMISSION OF BID - Bid invitation shall be in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Purchasing By-law #94-129 and will apply for the calling, receiving, and opening of bids. The Municipality will be responsible for evaluating bids, awarding and administering the contract in accordance with the Purchasing By-law. .. The bid must be submitted on the form(s) and in the envelope supplied by the Municipality unless otherwise provided herein. The envelope must not be covered by any outside wrappings, i.e. courier envelopes or other coverings. The bid must be signed by a designated signing officer of the Bidder. ... If a joint bid is submitted, it must be signed on behalf of each of the Bidders. ... The bid must be legible, written in ink, or typewritten. Any form of erasure, strikeout or over-writing must be initialled by the Bidder's authorized signing officer. The bid must not be restricted by a covering letter, a statement added, or by alterations to the document unless otherwise provided herein. ... 2. SUBMISSION OF BID (cont'd) - Failure to return the document or invitation may result in the removal of the Bidder from the Municipality's bidder's list. A bid received after the closing date and time will not be considered and will be returned, unopened. - Should a dispute arise from the terms and conditions of any part of the contract, regarding meaning, intent or ambiguity, the decision of the Municipality shall be final. ... - - - ... SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS continued 3. CONTRACT ... The contract consists of the documents aforementioned. .. The contract and portions thereof take precedence in the order in which they are named above, notwithstanding the chronological order in which they are issued or executed. The intent of the contract is that the Company shall supply work which is fit and suitable for the Municipality's intended use and complete for a particular purpose. .. None of the conditions contained in the Bidder's standard or general conditions of sale shall be of any effect unless explicitly agreed to by the Municipality and specifically referred to in the purchase order. .. 4. CLARIFICATION OF THE DOCUMENT Any clarification of the document required by the Bidder prior to submission of its bid shall be requested through the Municipality's contact identified in the document. Any such clarification so given shall not in any way alter the document and in no case shall oral arrangements be considered. .. Every notice, advice or other communication pertaining thereto will be in the form of a written addendum. .. No officer, agent or employee of the Municipality is authorized to alter orally any portion of the document. 5. PROOF OF ABILITY .. The bidder may be required to show, in terms of experience and facilities, evidence of its ability, as well as that of any proposed subcontractor, to perform the work by the specified delivery date. IIIIIIi 6. DELIVERY Unless otherwise stated, the work specified in the bid shall be delivered or completely performed by the Company as soon as possible and in any event within the period set out herein as the guaranteed period of delivery or completion after receipt of a purchase order therefor. ... A detailed delivery ticket or piece tally, showing the exact quantity of goods, materials, articles or equipment, shall accompany each delivery thereof. Receiving by a foreperson, storekeeper or other such receiver shall not bind the Municipality to accept the work covered thereby, or the particulars of the delivery ticket or piece tally thereof. ... .. Work shall be subject to further inspection and approval by the Municipality. The Company shall be responsible for arranging the work so that completion shall be as specified in the contract. .. Time shall be of the essence of the contract. 7. PRICING ... Prices shall be in Canadian Funds, quoted separately for each item stipulated, F.O.B. destination. Prices shall be firm for the duration of the contract. .. Prices bid must include all incidental costs and the Company shall be deemed to be satisfied as to the full requirements of the bid. No claims for extra work will be entertained and any additional work must be authorized in writing prior to commencement. Should the Company require more information or clarification on any point, it must be obtained prior to the submission of the bid. .. Payment shall be full compensation for all costs related to the work, including operating and overhead costs to provide work to the satisfaction of the Municipality. III .. .. - - SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS continued - ... - - - ... .. ... - ... ... ... ... - - - - All prices quoted shall include applicable customs duty, excise tax, freight, insurance, and all other charges of every kind attributable to the work. Goods and Services Tax and Provincial Sales Tax shall be extra and not shown, unless otherwise specified herein. If the Bidder intends to manufacture or fabricate any part of the work outside of Canada, it shall arrange its shipping procedures so that its agent or representative in Canada is the importer of record for customs purposes. Should any additional tax, duty or any variation in any tax or duty be imposed by the Government of Canada or the Province of Ontario become directly applicable to work specified in this document subsequent to its submission by the Bidder and before the delivery of the work covered thereby pursuant to a purchase order issued by the Municipality appropriate increase or decrease in the price of work shall be made to compensate for such changes as of the effective date thereof. 8. TERMS OF PAYMENT Where required by the Construction Lien Act appropriate monies may be held back until 60 days after the completion of the work. Payments made hereunder, including final payment shall not relieve the company from its obligations or liabilities under the contract. Acceptance by the company of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the company against the Municipality, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the contract and still unsettled. The Municipality shall have the right to withhold from any sum otherwise payable to the company such amount as may be sufficient to remedy any defect or deficiency in the work, pending correction of it. Payment may be made 30 days after delivery pursuant to the Bidder submitting an invoice, contract requirements being completed and work being deemed satisfactory. 9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The company shall, at its expense, defend all claims, actions or proceedings against the Municipality based on any allegations that the work or any part of the work constitutes an infringement of any patent, copyright or other proprietary right, and shall pay to the Municipality all costs, damages, charges and expenses, including its lawyers' fees on a solicitor and his own client basis occasioned to the Municipality by reason thereof. The company shall pay all royalties and patent license fees required for the work. If the work or any part thereof is in any action or proceeding held to constitute an infringement, the company shall forthwith either secure for the Municipality the right to continue using the work or shall at the company's expense, replace the infringing work with non-infringing work or modify it so that the work no longer infringes. 10. ALTERNATES Any opinion with regard to the use of a proposed alternate determined by the Municipality shall be final. Any bid proposing an alternate will not be considered unless otherwise specified herein. 11. EQUIVALENCY Any opinion determined by the Municipality with respect to equivalency shall be final. 12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING The company shall not assign or subcontract the contract or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of the Municipality. .. SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS continued 13. FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE COMPANY ... The Municipality is entitled to request of the Company to furnish reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Company's obligations under the Contract. III 14. LAWS AND REGULATIONS The company shall comply with relevant Federal, Provincial and Municipal statutes, regulations and by-laws pertaining to the work and its performance. The company shall be responsible for ensuring similar compliance by suppliers and subcontractors. .. The contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario. ... 15. CORRECTION OF DEFECTS If at any time prior to one year after the actual delivery date or completion of the work (or specified warranty/guarantee period if longer than one year) any part of the work becomes defective or is deficient or fails due to defect in design, material or workmanship, or otherwise fails to meet the requirements of the contract, the company, upon request, shall make good every such defect, deficiency or failure without cost to the Municipality. The company shall pay all transportation costs for work both ways between the company's factory or repair depot and the point of use. .. .. 16. BID ACCEPTANCE lIllIi The Municipality reserves the right to award by item, or part thereof, groups of items, or parts thereof, or all items of the bids and to award contracts to one or more bidders submitting identical bids as to price; to accept or reject any bids in whole or in part; to waive irregularities and omissions, if in so doing, the best interests of the Municipality will be served. No liability shall accrue to the Municipality for its decision in this regard. 11IIIII Bids shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the official closing time. The placing in the mail or delivery to the Bidder's shown address given in the bid of a notice of award to a bidder by the Municipality shall constitute notice of acceptance of contract by the Municipality to the extent described in the notice of award. 11IIIII 17. DEFAULT BY COMPANY wi a. If the company: commits any act of bankruptcy; or if a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency or in respect of any of its property; or if the company makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; then, in any such case, the Municipality may, without notice: terminate the contract. 11IIIII b. If the company: fails to comply with any request, instruction or order of the Municipality; or fails to pay its accounts; or fails to comply with or persistently disregards statutes, regulations, by-laws or directives of relevant authorities relating to the work; or fails to prosecute the work with skill and diligence; or assigns or sublets the contract or any portion thereof without the Municipality's prior written consent; or refuses to correct defective work; or is otherwise in default in carrying out its part of any of the terms, conditions and obligations of the contract, then, in any such case, the Municipality may, upon expiration of ten days from the date of written notice to the company, terminate the contract. ... .. .. c. Any termination of the contract by the Municipality, as aforesaid, shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the Municipality may have and without incurring any liability whatsoever in respect thereto. III IIIlII .. .. .. - - ... - ... - ... - ... .. - ... ... - - - - - SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS continued d. If the Municipality terminates the contract, it is entitled to: i) take possession of all work in progress, materials and construction equipment then at the project site (at no additional charge for the retention or use of the construction equipment), and finish the work by whatever means the Municipality may deem appropriate under the circumstances; ii) withhold any further payments to the company until the completion of the work and the expiry of all obligations under the Correction of Defects section; iii) recover from the company loss, damage and expense incurred by the Municipality by reason of the company's default (which may be deducted from any monies due or becoming due to the company, any balance to be paid by the company to the Municipality). 18. CONTRACT CANCELLATION The Municipality shall have the right, which may be exercised from time to time, to cancel any uncompleted or unperformed portion of the work or part thereof. In the event of such cancellation, the Municipality and the Company may negotiate a settlement. The Municipality shall not be liable to the Company for loss of anticipated profit on the cancelled portion or portions of the work. 19. QUANTITIES Unless otherwise specified herein, quantities are shown as approximate, are not guaranteed to be accurate, are furnished without any liability on behalf of the Municipality and shall be used as a basis for comparison only. Payment will be by the unit complete at the bid price on actual quantities deemed acceptable by the Municipality. 20. SAMPLES Upon request, samples must be submitted strictly in accordance with instructions. If samples are requested subsequent to opening of bids, they shall be delivered within three (3) working days following such request, unless additional time is granted. Samples must be submitted free of charge and will be returned at the bidder's expense, upon request, provided they have not been destroyed by tests, or are not required for comparison purposes. The acceptance of samples by the Municipality shall be at its sole discretion and any such acceptance shall in no way be construed to imply relief of the company from its obligations under the contract. Samples submitted must be accompanied by current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) where applicable. 21. SURETY The successful tenderer shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy surety requirements by providing a deposit in the form of a certified cheque, bank draft or money order or other form of surety, in an amount determined by the Municipality. This surety may be held by the Municipality until 60 days after the day on which all work covered by the contract has been completed and accepted. The surety may be returned before the 60 days have elapsed providing satisfactory evidence is provided that all liabilities incurred by the company in carrying out the work have expired or have been satisfied and that a Certificate of Clearance from the WSIB - Workplace Safety Insurance Board has been received. The company shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy fidelity bonding requirements by providing such bonding in an amount and form determined by the Municipality. Failure to furnish required surety within two weeks from date of request thereof by the Municipality shall make the award of the Contract by the Municipality subject to withdrawal. .. SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS continued 22. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD fill All of the Contractor's personnel must be covered by the insurance plan under the Workplace Safety and Insurance Act, 1997, or must provide an identification number from the WSIB verifying their status as an "Independent Operator". Upon request by the Municipality, an original Letter of Good Standing from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board shall be provided prior to the commencement of work indicating all payments by the Company to the board have been made. Prior to final payment, a Certificate of Clearance must be issued indicating all payments by the Company to the Board in conjunction with the subject Contract have been made and that the Municipality will not be liable to the Board for future payments in connection with the Company's fulfilment of the contract. Further Certificates of Clearance or other types of certificates shall be provided upon request. ... .. ... For Independent contractors I Owners / Operators who do not have WSIB coverage, the following shall be provided upon request by the Calling Agency: Single Independent Contractors I Owners I Operators shall provide a letter from the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board confirming independent operator status and identification number. To obtain this, contractors must complete the form "Determining workerllndependent Operator status", issued by the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board. (For more information, please contact your local Workplace Safety & Insurance Board Office and refer to this clause.) .. .. Single Independent Contractors I Owners I Operators must also provide a certificate from the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board confirming they have purchased the optional WSIB coverage. .. The Municipality of Clarington has the right to reject any bid it deems to provide insufficient coverage. 23. INSURANCE IIIIIIII The company shall maintain and pay for Comprehensive General Liability insurance including premises and all operations. This insurance coverage shall be subject to limits of not less than $3,000,000.00 inclusive per occurrence for third party Bodily Injury and Property Damage or such other coverage or amount as may be requested. .. The policy shall include the Municipality as an additional insureds in respect of all operations performed by or on behalf of the Company. A certified copy of such policy or certificate shall be provided to the municipality prior to commencement of the work. Further certified copies shall be provided upon request. ... 24. LIABILITY .. The company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from all actions, suits, claims, demands, losses, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever for all damage or injury including death to any person and all damage to any property which may arise directly or indirectly by reason of a requirement of the contract, save and except for damage caused by the negligence of the Municipality or its employees. iii The Company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from any and all charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality if the Municipality or any of its employees shall be made a party to any charge under the Occupational Health and Safety Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract. .. 25. VISITING THE SITE .. The Company shall carefully examine the site and existing building and services affecting the proper execution of the work, and obtain a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the existing conditions. No claim for extra payment will be allowed for work or difficulties encountered due to conditions of the site which were visible or reasonably inferable, prior to the date of submission of Tenders. Bidders shall accept sole responsibility for any error or neglect on their part in this respect. .. iii iii .. .. - - - ... ... - ... - - ... - ... ... ... ... - - - SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS continued 26. SAFETY The Company shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Act, Ordinances, Regulations, Orders-in- Council and By-laws, which could in any way pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a contractor, a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Company's obligations under this Contract. The Company shall be aware of and conform to all governing regulations including those established by the Municipality relating to employee health and safety. The Company shall keep employees and subcontractors informed of such regulations. The Company shall provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) to the Municipality for any supplied Hazardous Materials. 27. UNPAID ACCOUNTS The company shall indemnify the Municipality from all claims arising out of unpaid accounts relating to the work. The Municipality shall have the right at any time to require satisfactory evidence that the work in respect of which any payment has been made or is to be made by the Municipality is free and clear of liens, attachments, claims, demands, charges or other encumbrances. 28. SUSPENSION OF WORK The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, suspend performance by the company from time to time of any part or all of the work for such reasonable period of time as the Municipality may determine. The resumption and completion of work after the suspension shall be governed by the schedule established by the Municipality. 29. CHANGES IN THE WORK The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, direct the Company to make changes to the work. When a change causes an increase or decrease in the work, the contract price shall be increased or decreased by the application of unit prices to the quantum of such increase or decrease, or in the absence of applicable unit prices, by an amount to be agreed upon between the Municipality and the Company. All such changes shall be in writing and approved by the Municipality. 30. CONFLICT OF INTEREST No employee or member of Council of the Municipality shall sell goods or services to the Municipality in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Policy or have a direct or indirect interest in a Company or own a Company which sells goods or services to the Municipality. 31. MUNICIPAL FREEDOM OF INFORMATION AND PROTECTION OF PRIVACY ACT (MFIPPA) All correspondence, documentation, and information provided to staff of the Municipality of Clarington by every offerer, including the submission of proposals, shall become the property of the Municipality, and as such, is subject to the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, and may be subject to release pursuant to the Act. Offerers are reminded to identify in their proposal material any specific scientific, technical, commercial, proprietary, or similar confidential information, the disclosure of which could cause them injury. Complete proposals are not to be identified as confidential. ... SCHEDULE (C) STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS continued 32. CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECKS .. "The successful service provider covenants and agrees to provide the Municipality of Clarington, or such other entity as the Municipality may designate, with written consent to perform a criminal background check including Criminal Code (Canada) convictions, pardoned sexual offences, records or convictions under the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act, Narcotics Control Act and Food and Drugs Act and all outstanding warrants and charges for every individual who may come into direct contract with youth or who are permitted entrance to private or restricted areas or residences. This will be done at no cost to the Municipality and any such requested document will be submitted to the Municipality in its true form in advance of commencement of work. III III The Municipal issued identification card must be worn when individuals are at a site where there is direct contact with youth or where access to any private or restricted area is anticipated. The Municipal identification card is valid for the term of the contract only or a one year term, whichever comes first. Under the terms of the contract, the Municipality has the sole and unfettered discretion to prohibit an individual from coming into direct contact with youth or entering a private or restricted area on a regular basis and to terminate the contract if the bidder/partner fails to obtain or renew the Municipal identification cards according to Municipal policy and procedure. ... .. The Municipality of Clarington reserves the right to cancel and/or suspend the contract immediately and unilaterally and without penalty to the Municipality should the service provider fail to provide the required documentation or otherwise adhere to this procedure. "The Chief Administrative Officer has the final say in determining any final action." III .. .. IIIlii .. ... IIIIIIi ... wi i, .. IIIIIi .. ... - February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 00500 AGREEMENT AND DEFINITIONS Page 1 of 1 - 1. General 1.1 AGREEMENT ... .1 .. .2 ... .3 ... - .. .. - Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 - 1994, as amended herein and by Document 00800 Supplementary Conditions, forms the basis of the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, including the Definitions of specific words and terms. Payments to the Contractor by the Owner will be subject to the Statutory Holdback of 10%. Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of the Contract or in an award by arbitration or court, interest at one percent (1 %) per annum above the bank rate on such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until payment. Such interest shall be compounded on a monthly basis. The bank rate shall be the rate established by the Bank of Canada as the minimum rate at which the Bank of Canada makes short term advances to the chartered banks. .4 Notices in writing between the parties to the Contract or between the parties to the Contract and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended, by hand or by registered post, or if sent by regular post, to have been delivered within five (5) Working Days of the post- marked date of mailing. .5 None of the conditions contained in the Contractor's standard or general conditions of sale shall be of any effect unless explicitly agreed to by the Owner and specifically referred to in the Contract Documents. 1.2 SUPPLEMENTARY DEFINITIONS - ... ... .. 2. 3. Execution (not applicable) Products (not applicable) ... .. ... - .1 Add a new Definition as follows: .1 Make Good: Make Good means to restore new or existing work after being damaged, cut, patched, or rejected by the Consultant. Use materials identical to the original materials, with visible surfaces matching the appearance of the original surfaces in all details and respects, with no apparent junctions between new and original surfaces. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. Where original materials are not available, the Contractor shall submit a proposal of materials for review by the Consultant. .2 All Definitions, when used as such in the Contract Documents, will appear in italic font style, with initial letters in upper case. END OF DOCUMENT Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - - February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 1 of 4 - The General Conditions of Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 - 1994, Stipulated Price Contract shall be amended by the Supplementary Conditions herein. - SC 1 Refer to GC 1.1 Contract Documents - .1 Under Paragraph 1.1.10, delete the word "sufficient" and replace it with the word "four". - .2 Add a new Subparagraph, numbered 1.1.10.1, to read as follows: "Any additional sets of Contract Documents required by the Contractor may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproducing said documents, payable at the time of ordering in the form of cash or a certified cheque only, made payable to "Thomas Brown Architects Inc." Specifications will be provided as complete copies only and drawings will be provided as complete sets only." Refer to GC 2.2 Role of the Consultant - SC2 - - .1 Add a new Paragraph, numbered 2.2.15, to read as follows: "The Consultant shall not be required to decide on questions arising under agreements or contracts between the Contractor and Subcontractors or Suppliers." SC3 Refer to GC 2.3 Review and Inspection of the Work ... .1 Delete this General Condition in its entirety and refer instead to Section 01400 (Quality Control) of the specifications. SC 4 Refer to GC 2.4 Defective Work IIiIII - .1 Delete this General Condition in its entirety and refer instead to Section 01400 (Quality Control) of the specifications. Refer to GC 3.5 Construction Schedule SC5 .. .1 Under Subparagraph 3.5.1.1, delete the phrase "prior to the first application for payment" and replace it with the phrase "within ten (10) days after award of Contract and in accordance with Section 01330 (Submittals) of the specifications." - SC6 Refer to GC 3.7 Supervisor .1 Add the following to the end of the last sentence of Paragraph 3.7.1: "which reason shall be delivered in writing to the Owner and to the Consultant at least 5 Working Days prior to the change." .2 Add a new Paragraph, numbered 3.7.4, to read as follows: "The supervisor shall have the authority to act and make decisions on the Contractor's behalf at the Place of the Work." .. ... - .3 Add a new Paragraph, numbered 3.7.3, to read as follows: "The supervisor assigned to the Work shall also be competent to implement efficiently all requirements for scheduling, coordination, field engineering, reviews, inspections, and submittals required by the Contract Documents." - - .4 Add a new Paragraph, numbered 3.7.5, to read as follows: "The Contractor, through the supervisor, shall maintain good order and Thomas Brown Architects Inc. \. 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 4 February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 ... discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the Work, and among any Subcontractors engaged on the Work." .. SC 7 Refer to GC 3.11 Shop Drawings 11III .1 Delete this General Condition in its entirety and refer instead to Section 01330 (Submittals) of the specifications. SC 8 Refer to Part 4 Allowances ... .1 Delete this Part and all of its General Conditions in their entireties and refer instead to Section 01210 (Allowances) of the specifications. .. SC 10 Refer to Part 5 Payment ... .1 Delete this Part and all of its General Conditions in their entireties and refer instead to Section 01290 (Payment Procedures) of the specifications. III SC 11 Refer to GC 6.1 Changes .1 Delete this General Condition in its entirety and refer instead to III Section 01250 (Contract Modification Procedures) of the specifications. SC 12 Refer to GC 6.2 Change Order .. .1 Delete this General Condition in its entirety and refer instead to Section 01250 (Contract Modification Procedures) of the specifications. Refer to GC 6.3 Change Directive .. SC 13 .1 Delete this General Condition in its entirety and refer instead to Section 01250 (Contract Modification Procedures) of the specifications. .. SC 14 Refer to GC 6.5 Delays "8.2.9 .1 Delete this General Condition in its entirety and refer instead to Section 01250 (Contract Modification Procedures) of the specifications. SC 15 Refer to GC 8.2 Negotiation, Mediation and Arbitration .1 Subsequent to Paragraph 8.2.8, add the following: Within 5 days of receipt of the notice of arbitration by the responding party under paragraph 8.2.6 the Owner and the Contractor shall give the Consultant a written notice containing: ... IIIIli .. ".1 A copy of the notice of arbitration. ... ".2 A copy of Supplementary Condition SC 15 of the Contract. "8.2.10 ".3 Any claims or issues which the Contractor or the Owner, as the case may be, wishes to raise in relation to the Consultant arising out of the issues in dispute in the arbitration. The Owner and the Contractor agree that the Consultant may elect, within 10 days of receipt of the notice under paragraph 8.2.9, to become a full party to the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6 if the Consultant: ~' .. .. 11III Thomas Brown Architects Inc. t ".1 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CL2006-14 Page 3 of 4 Has a vested or contingent financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration; ... February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - ... ... "8.2.11 .. - "8.2.12 - .. "8.2.13 ... ... "8.2.14 .. "8.2.15 ... "8.2.16 ... .. .. ... ... ".2 Gives the notice of election to the Owner and the Contractor before the arbitrator is appointed; ".3 Agrees to be a party to the arbitration within the meaning of the rules referred to in paragraph 8.2.6; and, ".4 Agrees to be bound by the arbitral award made in the arbitration. If the Consultant is not given the written notice required under paragraph 8.2.9, both the Owner and the Contractor are stopped from pursuing an action, counter claim or other proceeding or making an application against the Consultant arising out of the issues in dispute in the arbitration between the Owner and the Contractor under paragraph 8.2.6. If an election is made under paragraph 8.2.10, the Consultant may participate in the appointment of the arbitrator and, notwithstanding the rules referred to in paragraph 8.2.6, the time period for reaching agreement on the appointment of the arbitrator shall begin to run from the date the Owner issues or receives a copy of the notice of arbitration. The arbitrator in the arbitration in which the Consultant has elected under paragraph 8.2.10 to become a full party may: ".1 On application of the Owner or the Contractor, determine whether the Consultant has satisfied the requirements of paragraph 8.2.10; and, ".2 Make any procedural order considered necessary to facilitate the addition of the Consultant as a party to the arbitration. The provisions of paragraph 8.2.9 shall apply mutatis mutandis to written notice to be given by the Consultant to any sub-consultant. In the event of notice of arbitration given by the Consultant to a sub- consultant, the sub-consultant is not entitled to any election with respect to the proceeding as outlined in paragraph 8.2.10, and is deemed to be bound by the arbitration proceeding. The cost of arbitration shall be apportioned against the parties hereto or against anyone of them as the arbitrator may decide, as outlined in the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes, except that these costs shall not include counsel fees for any of the parties to the arbitration. Counsel fees shall be paid by each party." SC 16 Refer to GC 9.3 Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Materials .1 For the purposes of this Contract, the phrase "toxic and hazardous substances and materials", wherever it occurs, shall be taken to mean, and shall be limited to, only Designated Substances as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations of Ontario. SC 17 Refer to GC 11.1 Insurance .1 Add the following to the end of the first sentence of paragraph 11.1.1: "naming the Owner and the Consultant as Additional Insured, un less otherwise stipulated." - .1 Amend paragraph 11.1.1.1 as follows: change "$2,000,000" to "$5,000,000." Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 4 February 22, 2006 The Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - CL2006-14 ... ,~: .2 Amend paragraph 11.1.1.2 as follows: change "$2,000,000" to "$5,000,000." .. .3 Delete paragraph 11.1.1.3 (Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance) in its entirety. END OF DOCUMENT .. ... .. .. .. ... ... ... ... .J .. ... lIIIIlI :;; .. .~ IIIIil ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. ... May 18, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 00901 ADDENDUM 01 PaQe 1 of 1 ... - 1. General Instructions .. .1 Date of issue: May 19, 2006. .2 All Tenderers are hereby advised that the information contained in the Bidding Documents, issued for Tender # - CL2006-14 on May 3, 2006 , has been amended to include the information contained within this document. and such information is to be covered in the tender submission and shall form part of the Contract. ... .3 .4 .. The deadline for submission of Tenders has IlQ1 been changed. The location for submission of Tenders has IlQ1 been changed. 2. Clarifications to Questions at Site Meeting - .1 Existing structures noted as "Existing W150X30" to remain shall be supported during construction in accordance with the requirements of Section 01731 - Selective Building Demolition. .. .2 Materials and equipment not physically connected to the building will be removed from the Place of the Work by the Owner. Affected Sections of the Project Manual 3. l'JlI - 1. Refer to Section 00200 -Instructions to Bidders. 1. Insert Sentence 2.5.5 as follows: " .5 There will an additional visit of the Place of the Work scheduled for Tuesday, May 23, 2006 at 2 p.m. local time. Prospective bidders and their Sub- Contractors may attend to review existing conditions." - 2. Refer to Section 00400 - Bid Form. 1. Replace this section in its entirety with the revised Section 00400 Bid Form. (six pages attached). - 4. Affected Drawings .1 Refer to Drawin91/A1-Site Plan. 1. Revise the extent of Separate Price NO.1 per Sketch ADD-01 (1 page attached). .. ... .2 Refer to Drawing 4/A1 - Window Replacement Details. 1. Add the following note: " Make good adjacent surfaces to match existing." 2. Add the following note: " Color and finish of new window framing to match existing." - .3 Refer to Drawing 5/A3 - Reflected Ceiling Plan. 1. Relocate existing oil feed lines to accommodate the new work as indicated in Sketch ADD- 02 (1 page attached). ... END OF DOCUMENT - ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... ... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. ... - SITE ^" // " " "" AREA "" " " //> STAGING TRAINING AREA -~ \, " ~ [, r~~~"- ,.,/.... ( . (2) PART DRAWING 1 /A1 THO~~~~ DRAWN DAlE MAY 19, 2006 SHEET NUIotBER ENNISKILLEN FIRE STATION SEPARATE PRICE No. 01 DRAWN SCAlE ADD-01 1 16" = 1'-0" 394IC1IlllStlwt Eat. TDI'DI1tQ. 0nwI0 M5A 11C9 Tel: 416.364.5710 =~ ENNISKILLEN FIRE STATION T.BA PROJECT NUMBER 0418 ... ... ... I NEW ADDITION TO MEETING ROOM I 1103 I .. EXPOSEO PAINTEO STRI.ICTURE TO HATCI-I EXISTING I CCNECT NEW ROCF I ORAIN TpIST. ~TOFiN /U4~ER ORAIN : l' :e : /J.I4LL PLATES BUlL/:) INTO BL .. ~ .. 1 ... -I I EXIST. ... ~~~~~~~~~\ - -+ EXPOSEO I PAINTEO STRI.ICTURE fi!ELOCATEO EXISTING OIL FEEO LINES TO ACca"1OOATE NEW /JJOF!i!K. - ... .. _I I EXIST. ) "-'"'''-'"'''-'"'''-'"'''-'"'''-'"'''-'"'''-'"'''-'"' "-'"') .. .. .. 8 PART DRAWING 5/A3 EXIST. - - DRAWN DATE SHEET NUIIB[R ENNISKlllEN FIRE STATION RELOCATE EXISTING Oil LINES MAY 19, 2006 DRAWN sou ADD-02 1 4" = 1'-0" - 394 ICIng 5tJwt ElIst. T--'om.to M5A 10 Tel: 416.364.5710 fa: 416.364 4662 '~lwMllIIdI.ar ENNISKILLEN FIRE STATION T.BA PROJECT NUIIBER 0418 - ... .. May 23, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 00902 ADDENDUM 02 Paae 1 of 2 - 1. General Instructions III .1 Date of issue: May 23, 2006. .2 All Tenderers are hereby advised that the information contained in the Bidding Documents, issued for Tender # - CL2006-14 on May 3,2006, has been amended to include the information contained within this document, and such information is to be covered in the tender submission and shall form part of the Contract. .3 The deadline for submission of Tenders has nQt been changed. .. .. .4 The location for submission of Tenders has nQt been changed. 2. Affected Sections of the Project Manual III 1. Delete Section 04211 - Face Brick and Stone Masonry Units in its entirety. 2. Refer to Section 07645 - Preformed Metal Cladding. 1. Revise Sentence 2.2.1.2.1 as follows: " .1 To match existing in colour and profile, similar to profile Cl725 as manufactured by Vicwest Canada." .. .. 3. Refer to Section 08120 - Aluminum Doors and Frames 1. Revise Sentence 2.2.1 as follows: " .1 Finish exposed surfaces with Permanodic colour finish #28 - Medium Bronze to match existing." 4. Refer to Section 08500 - Aluminum Windows. 1. Revise Sentence 2.2.1 as follows: " .1 Finish exposed surfaces with Permanodic colour finish #28 - Medium Bronze to match existing." 5. Refer to Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring. 1. Revise Sentence 2.1.1.1 as follows: " .1 Connection CaRLON by Armstrong. Colour: 88702 - White Cliffs." 2. Revise Sentence 2.1.2.2 as follows: " .1 Acceptable Materials: Colour-Integrated Wall Base (vinyl) by Armstrong. Colour: 60 - Jet Black." 3. Delete Sentence 3.2.4 in its entirety. .. ... .. .. 3. Affected Drawings .1 Refer to Drawing A 1 - Site Plan. 1. Revise the 'ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS' to read as follows: .. - "New work will require alterations and extension of existing mechanical and electrical systems. Prepare a proposal describing the work and procedures that will be required to incorporate the new addition into the existing building systems. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the scope of the work described in the proposal is in accordance with the requirements of all applicable law and codes. Include this proposal in the tender submission. The cost associated with this proposal is to be included in the BID PRICE. " ... ... .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 00000 SPECIFICATION SECTION Page 2 of 2 .. IIIi .2 Refer to Drawing 7/A3 - Wall Section Exterior. 1. Revise the note' Typical Exterior Wall' to read as follows: " Typical Exterior Wall Preformed Metal Cladding to match existing Air space Z-ChanneI4" in depth 2" Rigid Insulation 8" Concrete Block III ... 2. Revise the note 'Brick shall match existing - overhang - coursing' to read as follows: "Metal Cladding installation shall provide trims and all accessories as required to neatly finish to existing adjacent construction (typ)." .. III END OF DOCUMENT .. ,,~ ... .. .. .. .. .. ~ .. .. ~ III .''it .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .~ till ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01001 DEFINITIONS Paae 1 of 2 ... ... 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS - .1 ..' .2 .3 - Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. The definitions given hereunder shall apply to all divisions and sections of the technical specifications and the drawings. These definitions, when they are used as such in the Technical Specifications, will be written in an italic font style, with initial letters in upper case. 1.2 DEFINITIONS Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of those doGuments listed in the Index of the Owners Request for Tender, those documents listed in Document 00010 List of Sections of the Technical Specifications, those documents listed in Document 00015 List of Drawings, the Contractors response to the Owners Request for Tender for the Work, and the purchase order issued by the Owner to the Contractor in response thereto, and amendments as agreed upon between the parties. .3 Owner .1 The Owner is the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, its successors, and assigns. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owners authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing, but does not include the Consultant. .4 Contractor .1 The Contractor is the person or entity to whom the Contract has been awarded by the Owner based on the Contractors response to the Request for Quotations issued by the Owner for the Work. The term Contractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing. Subcontractor A Subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts of the Work, or to supply Products worked to a special design for the Work. Supplier A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products not worked to a special design for the Work. - .1 .1 ... .2 .1 ... - ... .. - - .5 .1 .6 .1 .7 .1 .8 .1 ... .. - - Contract The Contract is the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2-1994, the purchase order issued by the Owner authorizing the Company to perform the Work, purchase order alterations, the Bid Documents and addenda, the Bid, and surety. Consultant The Consultant is Thomas Brown Architects Inc. The term Consultant means the Consultant or the Consultanfs authorized representative. Work The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 01001 DEFINITIONS Page 2 of 2 ... .. .9 Place of the Work .1 The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Work to the extent indicated on the drawings. .. .10 .1 Product Product or Products means material, machinery, equipment, and fixtures forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used to prepare, fabricate, convey, or erect the Work, which are referred to as construction machinery and equipment. .11 Provide .1 Provide means to supply and install. .12 .1 .13 .1 .14 .1 .15 .1 .16 .1 .17 .1 Contract Price The Contract Price is the amount stipulated on the purchase order issued by the Owner for this Contract. Contract Time The Contract Time is the time stipulated in Section 00400 - Bid Form, Sentence 3.1, of the Contractor's submitted quotation from commencement of the Work to Substantial Performance of the Work. Working Day Working Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a holiday which is observed by the construction industry in the Province of Ontario. Supplemental Instruction A Supplemental Instruction is an instruction, not involving adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, in the form of specifications, drawings, schedules, samples, models, or written instructions, consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract Documents as required for the performance of the Work. Change Order A Change Order is a written amendment to the Contract prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner and the Contractor stating their agreement upon: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the method of adjustment or the amount of adjustment in the Contract Price, if any; and, .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. Change Directive A Change Directive is a written instruction prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing a change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents. Substantial Performance of the Work Substantial Performance of the Work is as defined in the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, as amended. 2. Products (not applicable) .18 .1 3. Execution (not applicable) END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... ,AlIi .. .. ... .. .. .. .. III ~, II \{ . -.... ~ .. 'if ... ~ .. 11 i i .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01210 ALLOWANCES Page 1 of 2 ... 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .. i. 1.2 i. General SECTION INCLUDES .1 Cash Allowances. .2 Contingency Allowances. ... 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01250 Contract Modification Procedures \. .. .2 Section 01290 Payment Procedures .3 Section 01330 Submittals .4 Section 01400 Quality Control .. 1.4 CASH ALLOWANCES .5 Section 08710 Door Hardware ... ~ iIa. , k k k- ! IL 1 iL .1 The Contract Price does includes the cash allowances stated below, which allowances shall be expended as the Owner directs through the Consultant. .2 Cash allowances cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, products, construction machinery and equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation, and other authorized expenses incurred in performing the work stipulated under the cash allowances. .3 Cash allowances does not include the GST payable by the Owner to the Contractor. .4 Where cash allowances are noted for purchase only, the cost for storage at the Place of the Work and installation shall be part of the responsibility of the Contractor and is included in the Contract Price but is not included in the cash allowance. Storage at the Place of the Work and installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. .5 The Contractor's overhead and profit in connection with the cash allowances is included in the Contract Price but is not included in the cash allowances. .6 Where costs under the cash allowances exceed the amount of the cash allowance, the Contractor shall be compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated, plus an amount for overhead and for profit calculated in accordance with Section 01250 Contract Modification Procedures. .7 The value of work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments. Copies of invoices pertaining to expenditures against the cash allowance shall be appended to applications for progress payments in accordance with Section 01290 Payment Procedures. .8 The Contractor is to prepare a schedule for the ordering of items called for under the cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of the Work. Schedule to be in accordance with f '- Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 3 - - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .. .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. ... 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES .. .1 Applications for Progress Payment. .2 Progress Payment. .3 Substantial Performance of the Work. - .4 Payment of the Holdback upon Substantial Performance of the Work. .5 Final Payment. ... .6 Withholding Payment. - .7 Non-Conforming Work 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS ... .1 Section 01300 Submittals .2 Section 01770 Project Closeout ... 1.4 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT .1 Applications for payment on account of the Contract Price as provided in the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor may be made monthly as the Work progresses. ... ... Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the amount claimed shall be for the value, proportionate to the amount of the Contract Price, of work performed and Products delivered to the Place of the Work at that date. .3 Schedule of values: .1 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant, at least ten (10) Working Days before the first application for payment, a schedule of values for the parts of the Work, aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to facilitate evaluation of applications for payment. .2 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably direct and when accepted by the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for payment, unless it is found to be in error. .3 No less than three percent (3%) of the Contract Price is to be assigned as the cost for the preparation and delivery of the Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .4 The Contractor shall include a statement based on the schedule of values with each application for payment. .2 ... - - - .4 Claims for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value of delivery of the Products. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 3 .5 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .6 .1 . jI ... Claims shall, as a minimum requirement, show the following items separately and in addition to the schedule of values noted above: .~ The cost of work performed. .. Expenditures against each of the cash allowances. Expenditures against the contingency allowance. The total of the holdback amount. The total applicable G.S.T. ... The total amount claimed. Applications for payment shall be submitted in triplicate to the Consultant and shall be accompanied by: An original copy of the Contractor's Statutory Declaration (not required for the first application for payment). The Contractor's Statutory Declaration is to be in the form of Canadian Standard Construction Documents CCDC 9A-2001, complete with a CCDC 9 copyright seal. Failure to apply a CCDC 9 copyright seal is an infringement of the copyright, and such documents will not be accepted. .2 A copy of the Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (not required for the first application for payment). Note that an original copy is not necessarily required and a clear facsimile copy will be acceptable in place thereof. .3 An up-to-date copy of the construction progress schedule (prepared in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals). .7 The Consultant will issue to the Owner, no later than ten (10) Working Days after receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor submitted in accordance with the above, a certificate for payment in the amount applied for, or in such other amount as the Consultant determines to be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application, the Consultant will promptly notify the Contractor in writing giving the reasons for the amendment. .8 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor no later than thirty (30) days after the date given on the certificate of payment issued by the Consultant, or on the 46th day following the date of publication of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work in the case of the holdback amount (for the purpose of calculating the 461h day, the 151 day shall be the day immediately subsequent to the date of publication of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work). SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 1.5 .1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially performed in accordance with the Construction Lien Act and Regulations, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected for review by the Consultant to establish Substantial Performance of the Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Work. No later than ten (10) Working Days after receipt of the Contractor's list and application, the Consultant will review the Work to verify the validity of the application, and no later than five (5) Working Days after completing the review, will notify the Contractor in writing whether the Work is substantially performed. .3 The Consultant shall state the date of Substantial Performance of the Work in a certificate. .2 .4 After issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall submit: .1 An application for payment of the holdback amount; .2 A Certificate of Publication issued by a recognized construction trade newspaper indicating the date of publication of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work; and,C .3 A sworn statement that all accounts for labour, subcontracts, products, construction Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. .. l ... .. .. J II IllIi .I .i II :, III ... .. ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 3 - .. - - 1.6 ... ... .. 1.7 - ... ... machinery and equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the performance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible, have been paid in full, except for amounts properly retained as an holdback, or as an identified amount in dispute. The sworn statement is to be in the form of Canadian Standard Construction Documents CCDC 9A-2001, complete with a CCDC 9 copyright seal. Failure to apply a CCDC 9 copyright seal is an infringement of the copyright, and such documents will not be accepted PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK .1 After receipt of an application for payment of the holdback amount from the Contractor and the sworn statement as provided in paragraph 1.5.4 above, the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount. The holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable on the day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the Construction Lien Act and Regulations. .2 FINAL PAYMENT .1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed, the Contractor shall submit an application for final payment. .2 The Consultant will, no later that ten (10) Working Days after receipt of an application from the Contractor for final payment, review the Work to verify the validity of the applications. The Consultant will, no later that five (5) Working Days after reviewing the Work, notify the Contractor that the application is valid, or give reasons why it is not valid. .3 When the Consultant finds the Contractor's application for final payment valid, the Consultant will issue a final certificate for payment. 1.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT .1 If, because of climatic of other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor, there are items of work that cannot be performed, payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof, but the Owner may withhold, until the remaining portion of the Work is finished, only such an amount that the Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work. ... ... ... 1.9 ... NON-CONFORMING WORK .1 No payment by the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance with any portion of the Work or Products which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ... 3. 2. Products (not applicable) Execution (not applicable) - - END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01300 SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 4 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES .1 Certificates and schedules. .2 Shop drawings .3 Product data sheets. .4 Samples. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01290 Payment Procedures .2 Section 01500 Temporary Work .3 Section 01770 Project Closeout 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE - ... - ... .. - ... .1 ... .2 .. - .3 .4 - ... - - - General Submit to the Consultant only all submittals specified. Submit with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as not to cause any delay in the Work. Failure to submit in ample time will not be considered sufficient reason for an extension of the Contract Time, and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. Submit onlv those submittals specifically required by the Contract Documents, or those specifically requested by the Consultant. Any submittals received that are not specifically required by the Contract Documents or requested by the Consultant, will be returned to the Contractor at the Contractor's expense without being reviewed. Work affected by a submittal shall not proceed until the review of that submittal is complete. .5 The Contractor is to review submittals prior to submission to the Consultant. This review represents that the necessary requirements have been determined and verified, that field measurements and affected adjacent work are coordinated, and that each submittal has been checked and coordinated with the requirements of the Work and all of the Contract Documents. Submittals that clearlv have not been reviewed bv the Contractor. or are not stamped. sioned, dated, and identified as to the specific proiect. will be returned to the Contractor bv the Consultant without beino reviewed. The Consultant will review submittals. Submittals marked "For Approval", or with words to that affect, will be returned to the Contractor by the Consultant without being reviewed. The Consultant's review of submittals is for conformity to the design concept and Contract Documents and for general arrangement only. The Consultant's review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Consultant expressly notes the acceptance of a deviation on the submittal. The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in the submittals is not relieved by the .6 .7 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01300 SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 4 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition Consultant's review of submittals. .8 The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents is not relieved by the Consultant's review of submittals. Adjustments made on the submittals by the Consultant are not intended to result in a change in the Work. If, in the opinion of the Contractor, the adjustments made effect a change in the Work, the Contractor is so to notify the Consultant in writing prior to proceeding with the work. .10 The Contractor shall keep one (1) reviewed copy of each submittal in the site office (refer to Section 01500 Temporary Work for the complete requirements of the site office). .9 1.5 CERTIFICATES AND SCHEDULES .1 No later than ten (10) Working Days prior to, and as a condition of, the first application for progress payment, the Contractor shall submit the following to the Consultant: .1 A copy of the Contractor's Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board of Ontario. .2 A schedule of values for the parts of the Work prepared in accordance with Section 01290 Payment Procedures. .3 A construction progress schedule prepared in accordance with Paragraph 1.5.2 (below). .2 Construction progress schedule. .1 Submit a construction progress schedule on which the following shall be indicated in addition to the schedule for the various items of work: .1 Dates for the submittal of each shop drawing and product data sheet required by the Contract Documents; .2 Dates for the submittal of samples required by the Contract Documents; .3 Dates for the performance of inspections and tests required by the Contract Documents; .4 Dates for the construction and review of mock-ups required by the Contract Documents; and, .5 Dates for expenditures against the cash allowances identified in Section 01210 Allowances. .2 Prepare the schedule in the form of an horizontal bar chart. .3 Provide a separate bar for each trade or operation. .4 Provide an horizontal time scale identifying the first Working Day of each week. .5 The format for the listings shall be the chronological order of the start of each item of work. .6 The identification of the listings shall be by a brief systems description. .7 Submission: .1 Submit initial schedules within ten (10) Working Days after award of Contract, but before commencing the Work. .2 Submit two (2) copies to the Consultant, who shall retain one (1) copy. .3 The Consultant will review the submitted schedules and return a reviewed copy to the Contractor within ten (10) Working Days after receipt. .4 The Contractor shall resubmit a finalized copy of the required schedules within five (5) Working Days after return of reviewed copy. .5 The Contractor shall submit a revised construction progress schedule with each application for progress payment. .8 Distribute copies of the revised schedule to: .1 The site office. .2 Subcontractors. .3 All concerned parties. .9 Instruct Subcontractors, Suppliers, and manufacturers, to report to the Contractor in writing within ten (10) days, any problems anticipated by the timetable shown in the schedule. The Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. , .. .. .. J ~; .. .. J .. .. I;' ~~ .. 11 .. J .I J . "I .. t1 III till ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01300 SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 4 - - Contractor shall convey this information to the Consultant if necessary. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS .1 - ... - - - ... .. - - ... - - ... ... - The term "shop drawings" means drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures, and other data that are to be provided by the Contractor to illustrate details of a portion of the Work. The Contractor shall provide all shop drawings called for in the Contract Documents or as the Consultant may reasonably request. .3 The Contractor shall submit at least six (6) copies of each shop drawing for review by the Consultant, for final distribution as follows (the Contractor is to ensure that additional copies are submitted in sufficient quantity for distribution to the Subcontractors affected by the work indicated therein): .1 One (1) copy of each shop drawing for the records of the Consultant. .2 One (1) copy of each shop drawing for the records of the reviewer. .3 One (1) copy of each shop drawing for the records of the Contractor (to be kept at the site office throughout the duration of the Work). .4 Three (3) copies of each shop drawing to be returned to the Contractor for inclusion in the Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .2 .4 All submitted copies, other than the two (2) for the records of the reviewer and the Consultant, shall be returned to the Contractor once the review is complete. Indicate materials, methods of construction and attachment or anchorage, erection diagrams, connections, explanatory notes, and all other information necessary for completion of the work. Where articles or equipment attach or connect to other articles or equipment, c1earlv indicate that such items have been coordinated, regardless of where in the Contract Documents the adjacent items are specified or indicated. Indicate cross-references to the Contract Documents. .5 .6 .7 Shop drawings shall clearlv define the division of responsibility. No Products, items or equipment, or description of work, shall be indicated to be supplied, or work to be done, "By Others" or "By Purchaser." It shall also be understood that any items, equipment, or description of work shown on the shop drawings shall form a part of the Contract Documents unless specifically noted to the contrary. Shop drawings that do not clearly define the division of responsibility or contain the words "By Others" or "By Purchaser" will be returned to the Contractor for same before being accepted for review by the Consultant. .8 The Consultant will require a maximum of ten (10) Working Days from receipt for processing for each set of six (6) shop drawings. The Contractor shall make allowances in the scheduling of the Work for this period of time for each submission and shall, also, make allowances in the schedule for the following potentialities: .1 If, upon review, adjustments are made on the shop drawings by the Consultant and they are returned to the Contractor marked "Revise and Resubmit," the shop drawings shall be revised as required and clean copies resubmitted to the Consultant for an additional review. The Consultant shall, for each resubmission, require a maximum of ten (10) Working Days from receipt for processing of same. .2 No claim for an increase in the Contract Time or claim for a change in the Work shall be considered or approved as a result of any of the following: .1 The time taken for processing of shop drawings by the Consultant unless longer than ten (10) Working Days from receipt of same. .2 The time taken by the Contractor for revision and resubmission of shop drawings. .3 Any adjustments made on the shop drawings by the Consultant that are consistent with Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01300 SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 4 .9 .10 1.7 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition .. .~ .. the intent of the Contract Documents. .. Make the changes on the shop drawings as the Consultant may require, consistent with the Contract Documents. When resubmitting, notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions made other than those requested.cc .. If, upon review by the Consultant, no errors or omissions are discovered, or if only minor corrections or revisions are made, all submitted copies of the shop drawings (except the two (2) retained by the Consultant) will be returned to the Contractor marked "Reviewed" or "Reviewed as Noted", and fabrication or installation of the work may proceed. 9 .. .1 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS III 1.8 SAMPLES .1 .2 .3 Submit at least six (6) copies of product data sheets or brochures for requirements requested in the Contract Documents and as the Consultant may reasonably request where shop drawings will not be prepared due to a standard manufacture of a Product. ... Submit samples as required by the Contract Documents or as the Consultant may reasonably request. Label samples as to origin and intended use in the Work. .... Unless otherwise directed by the Consultant, deliver samples to the site office and notify the Consultant in writing of the availability of the sample for review. Notify the Consultant in writing at the time of submission of any deviations in the samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents. IIli .. 3. 2. Products (not applicable) ... Execution (not applicable) .A END OF SECTION .. f .. .. III , ?z .. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - - - ... - ... - ... - ... - ... - - ... - - - - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01310 COORDINATION & RESPONSIBILITY Paae 1 of 6 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES .1 Documents at the Place of the Work. .2 Existing Conditions at the Place of the Work. .3 Labour and Products. .4 References, Standards and Regulations. .5 Permits and Deposits. .6 Supervisor. .7 Coordination of the Work. .8 Setting out the Work and Field Engineering. .9 Site Meetings. .10 Protection and Damages of Property and Work. .11 Fires and Smoking. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01500 Temporary Work .2 Section 01770 Project Closeout 1.4 DOCUMENTS AT THE PLACE OF THE WORK .1 The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals, reports, and records of meetings at the Place of the Work, in the site office described under Section 01500 Temporary Work and in good order and available to the Owner and the Consultant. 1.5 EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE PLACE OF THE WORK .1 Existing conditions at the Place of the Work are to be based on their condition on the date of the mandatory Bidder's Meeting that formed part of the Request for Quotations process that resulted in the formation of the Contract. .2 Dimensions provided in the Contract Documents for existing conditions shall not be considered to be accurate. Do not scale directly from drawings. Take any dimensions of existing conditions required for the proper execution of the Work directly from the Place of the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of such dimensions, and the correction of any deficiencies or defects resulting from an inadequacy thereof, shall not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. .3 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 01310 COORDINATION & RESPONSIBILITY Page 2 of 6 1.6 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS 1.7 .1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour, Products, tools, construction machinery and equipment, water, heat, light, power, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract. REFERENCES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS .1 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to give the required notices and comply with the laws, by-laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, and orders of all authorities having jurisdiction, which are or become in force during the performance of the Work, and which relate to: .1 the Work; .2 the preservation of the public health; .3 environmental protection; andlor, .4 construction safety. .2 Without limiting the foregoing, wherever by-laws, codes, or standards are quoted in the Contract Documents, they shall be taken to mean the latest edition, including all revisions, amendments, or supplements, at the time of the Contract, unless an earlier edition is specifically auoted. If more than one by-law, code, or standard is quoted for a given Product, material or method, the latest edition of the most stringent shall govern. .3 Wherever reference is made to "manufacturer's instructions" or "manufacturer's recommendations", it shall mean printed instructions or recommendations, received directly from the referenced manufacturer. It shall also be taken to mean the latest edition of such instructions or recommendations. .4 The Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the progress of the Work due to a violation of any legislated requirements, and shall take the necessary steps to avoid delay in the final completion of the Work, and such steps will not be considered or approved as changes in the Work. 1.8 PERMITS AND DEPOSITS .1 The Owner will apply for, pay for, and provide the Building Permit. .2 All permits, licenses, certificates, and the like, other than the Building Permit, where required for the Work, shall be applied for, paid for, and obtained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay for any deposit for clean-up of mud-tracking onto roadways, and for the repair of any damage to roadways adjacent to the Place of the Work as may be required by the authorities having jurisdiction. .3 1.9 SUPERVISOR .1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supervisor and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Place of the Work at all times throughout the progress of the Work when work is being performed. .2 The supervisor shall not be changed except for valid reason, which reason shall be delivered in writing to the Consultant and the Owner at least five (5) Working Days prior to the change. The Contractor, through the supervisor, shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the Work, and among any Sub-Contractors engaged on the Work. .. III .. III .~. till .. ... ~ .. .. ... ~ ..~ .. "f1 .. ;~ IIIiI -ill .. Ii ;:1 IIIIIi .. III .3 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. i~ .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01310 COORDINATION & RESPONSIBILITY Paae 3 of 6 ... - ... .4 The supervisor shall have the authority to act and make decisions on the Contractor's behalf at the Place of the Work. .5 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work and notices and instructions given to the supervisor by either the Consultant or the Owner shall be held to have been received by the Contractor. - 1.10 COORDINATION OF THE WORK .1 The Contractor shall coordinate the progress of the Work, mobilization areas of the Place of the Work, progress schedules, submittals, access to and use of the Place of the Work and facilities subject to any restrictions and conditions in accordance with the Contract Documents, reports and records, and any other processes, events, work, approvals, inspections, and testing as may be required for the complete, proper, and seamless execution of the Work. ... - - .. ... - .. - - - - ... - .2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract. .3 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner with respect to work to be performed under a subcontract, and shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. The Contract Documents have been arranged into various divisions, sections, and drawings for the purpose of presenting the Work in a logical and organized form and to enable ease of reference and interpretation, and are not intended to be an arrangement of precise and independent sub-trades, or jurisdiction of responsibility for the various parts of the Work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for coordinating the execution of all of the Work of this Contract in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. .4 .5 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the complete Contract Documents are distributed to, or otherwise made available for review by, all Subcontractors and Suppliers as required for the complete and proper and informed coordination and execution of the Work. Failure in this regard will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and will not be accepted as a justification for a change in the Work, and no change in the Work will be approved therefore. The responsibility as to which Subcontractor or Supplier Provides or supplies the required Products or parts of the Work rests solely with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for coordinating and assigning respective scopes of work to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers retained by the Contractor as may be required for the complete, proper, and seamless execution of the Work. The responsibility for improperly coordinating and assigning respective scopes of work of any given Subcontractor or Supplier such that any part of the Work has not been thoroughly and completely coordinated, rests solely with the Contractor who shall rectify such failure and properly coordinate the Work, and such rectification will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. The Consultant shall not be required to decide on questions arising from agreements between the Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier. The responsibility for ensuring that existing conditions at the Place of the Work to be altered as a part of the Work, including surfaces to receive new finishes, are properly prepared in order to receive the various parts of the Work rests solely with the Contractor. .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01310 COORDINATION & RESPONSIBILITY Page 4 of 6 .18 .11 Subcontractors, Suppliers, manufacturers, and installers shall give the Contractor, in writing, instructions and information regarding their requirements as related to other parts of the Work, or the existing conditions. The Contractor is solely responsible for ensuring that the requirements of Subcontractors, Suppliers, manufacturers, and installers as related to their respective parts of the Work are met in full. .12 .13 Subcontractors, Suppliers, manufacturers, and installers are responsible for verifying that the parts of the Work to receive their work are properly prepared in accordance with their requirements, and are to report to the Contractor, in writing, any defects or deficiencies of prepared work or existing conditions detrimental to the proper execution of their work. The Contractor is solely responsible for ensuring that any deficiencies or defects in prepared surfaces or existing conditions at the Place of the Work, are corrected and made ready expeditiously, and such corrective work and making ready will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. There shall be cooperation at all times between Subcontractors as required for the proper execution of the Work. Subcontractors shall supply to other Subcontractors the necessary accessories for building-in where required. .14 .15 .16 There shall be cooperation at all times with any representatives of any inspection and testing companies (as may be retained by the Owner) during the performance of their duties. .17 Each Subcontractor shall report to the Consultant and the Contractor in writing any defects of surface or work, prepared by other Sub-Contractors, that adversely affects their own work. Commencement of work shall imply acceptance of the prepared work otherwise. Each Subcontractor, upon completion of their work, shall remove any equipment, surplus materials, and debris resulting from their work. Each Subcontractor shall also, and at their own expense, make good any damage to the work of another Subcontractor as a result of their own work. The definition as to what constitutes "damage" shall be at the sole discretion of the Consultant. 1.11 SETTING OUT THE WORK AND FIELD ENGINEERING .1 The setting out of the Work shall rest solely with the Contractor, who will be responsible for same. .2 Verify all grades, lines, levels, and dimensions as indicated or otherwise provided, and report errors or inconsistencies to the Consultant before commencing work, or as soon as discovered. .3 Contractor to provide all Subcontractors with, and be responsible for, all levels and dimensions they require. Contractor to notify all Subcontractors that such levels and dimensions must be obtained from the Contractor only. .5 .4 Contractor to maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. .6 Upon completion of foundations and major site improvements, have prepared a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of the work completed. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying-out the exact locations of walls as a guide to the Subcontractors. .7 Contractor to ensure that all pipes, service lines, and ducts are concealed. Any exceptions to this should be noted on the drawings. Advise the Consultant in advance of the installation or Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. .. .. wi .. .. ... .. ... 11IIIII ", III I ... III - IIli .. III ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - - 01310 COORDINATION & RESPONSIBILITY Paae 5 of 6 1.12 SITE MEETINGS fabrication of items where conditions are such that the installation or fabrication will be exposed. .1 ... .2 - ... .3 ... ... .. Site meetings between the Contractor, the Owner, the Consultant, and those Subcontractors and Suppliers as may occasionally required, will be scheduled by the Consultant, and shall be at regular intervals and as deemed necessary for the Work. Written notice of each site meeting shall, in general, appear at the conclusion of the minutes of the preceding meeting or, else, shall be issued by the Consultant, in writing, no less than 24 hours prior to said meeting. The Contractor is to provide the physical space for the meetings at the Place of the Work, generally to be the site office (refer to Section 01500 Temporary Work for the complete requirements of the site office). .4 The Consultant shall chair the meetings and shall keep and record minutes of all site meetings, and shall distribute copies of same to all parties who were present. Copies shall be distributed within five (5) Working Days of meeting date. .5 Any exceptions taken to, or c1arificationlcorrection required of, the various items recorded in the minutes, shall be furnished in writing and copied to all parties listed on the distribution list of the captioned minutes. 1.13 PROTECTION AND DAMAGES OF PROPERTY AND WORK .1 Contractor to ensure provision of adequate protection of materials, property, and work from damage and staining and to ensure protection of adjacent materials and work of Subcontractors to prevent damage. Any party responsible for damage to the work of another, shall make good such damage to the satisfaction of the Consultant. The cost for such making good will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. .. - ... - - - - - .2 .3 Maintain access and surrounding areas to the Place of the Work free from soiling and debris resulting from the Work. Make good any soiling and remove any and all debris caused as a result of the Work to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Consultant. .4 All damage to existing sidewalks, fences, structures, curbs, services, roadways, parking and asphalt areas, grounds, sodding, trees, or other items on, or adjacent to, the Place of the Work, including mud tracks, deemed by the Consultant as being damaged due to the performance of the Work, shall be made good by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Consultant, and such making good will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. .5 Abide by municipal requirements for maintaining sidewalks and roads in proper condition throughout the course of the Work. .6 Provide a flag-person as required for the safe ingress and egress of vehicles to and from the Place of the Work. .7 Floors and roofs shall not be over-loaded by accumulated materials. Place proper supports and braces as required to safely disseminate any temporary loading. 1.14 FIRES AND SMOKING .1 Fires are not permitted at the Place of the Work. - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 01310 COORDINATION & RESPONSIBILITY Page 6 of 6 .. ... .2 Explosives shall not be used in the execution of the Work and are not permitted at the Place of the Work. .3 Smoking shall be prohibited at the interior of the building at all times. Smoking shall also be prohibited in areas where volatile fumes or liquids are being used. Post "No Smoking" signs accordingly. ... till .4 Precautions shall be taken to avoid fire by spontaneous combustion. Remove combustible and non-combustible waste at regular intervals andlor when directed. 2. Products (not applicable) .. 3. Execution (not applicable) END OF SECTION IIIIIi .. .. .. ., - ... .. f .... .. .. IIii .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 11III - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01400 QUALITY CONTROL Page 1 of 3 ... - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. ... - 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES .1 Inspection and testing: administrative requirements. - - .2 Tests and mix designs. .3 Mock-ups. .4 Equipment and system adjustments and balance. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 0121 0 Allowa nces - - 1.4 .1 ... .2 - .3 ... - - ... .2 Section 01330 Submittals INSPECTION The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. If part of the Work is in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work, access shall be given to such work whenever it is in progress. .4 Give timely notice requesting inspection if Work is designated for special tests, inspections or approvals by the Contract Documents or by the Consultanfs instructions, or authorities having jurisdiction. If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered, work that has been designated for special tests, inspections or approvals before such tests, inspections or approvals have been made, the Contractor shall, if so directed by the Consultant uncover the work, have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed, and make good the work. The Consultant may order any part of the Work to be examined if the Work is suspected not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents. If, upon examination, such work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct such work and pay the cost of the examination and correction with no increase in the Contract Price. If such work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay for the cost of examination and replacement. 1.5 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCIES ... - - .1 Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies may be engaged by the Ownerfor the purpose of inspecting and/or testing portions of the Work. Costs shall be covered by the cash allowance set out for this purpose in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. The Contractor is to provide equipment as required for executing inspection and testing by the appointed agencies. The employment of Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. .2 .3 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01400 QUALITY CONTROL Page 2 of 3 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 ... .. .4 If defects are revealed during inspection and/or testing, the appointed agency will request additional inspection and/or testing to ascertain the full degree of the defect. The Contractor will correct the defect or irregularity with no increase in either of the Contract Price or the Contract Time. The Contractor will be responsible for paying the costs for re-testing and re-inspection with no increase in the Contract Price. .. ACCESS TO THE WORK ... .1 The Contractor is to allow the Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies access to the Work, as well as to off-site manufacturing and fabrication plants. .2 Cooperate to provide reasonable facilities for such access. .. PROCEDURES .. .1 The Contractor shall notify the appropriate agency and the Consultant sufficiently in advance of the requirement for tests in order that attendance arrangements can be made reasonably. .2 ... Submit samples and/or materials required for testing, as specifically requested in the Contract Documents. Submit with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as not to cause delay in the progress of the Work. II .3 The Contractor is to provide labour and facilities to obtain and handle samples and materials at the Place of the Work. Provide sufficient space to store and cure test samples. DEFECTIVE WORK .. .1 The Contractor shall remove defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective Products, or damage, and whether the defective work has been incorporated into the Work or not, which has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform to the Contract Documents. Replace or re-execute in accordance with the Contract Documents with no increase in either of the Contract Price or the Contract Time. .. ... .2 The Contractor shall make good other contractors' work damaged by such removals or re- executions at the Contractor's expense and promptly with no increase in either of the Contract Price or the Contract Time. .. .3 If, in the opinion of the Consultant, it is not expedient to correct the defective work or the work not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from the monies otherwise due to the Contractor, the difference in value between the work performed and that called for in the Contract Documents, the amount of which shall be determined by the Consultant. ... REPORTS , if .. .1 Submit four (4) copies of inspection and test reports promptly to the Consultant. .2 Provide copies to the Subcontractor whose work is being inspected and/or tested, or to the manufacturer/fabricator of the material being inspected and/or tested. III .1 1.10 TEST AND MIX DESIGNS III Furnish test results and mix designs as required by the Contract Documents or as may reasonably be requested by the Consultant. .2 The procedures for submittal of test results and mix designs shall be the same as those required for shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. 11IIII . Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01400 QUALITY CONTROL Page 3 of 3 - - ... - 1.11 ... - .3 Test results and mix designs are to be considered as forming part of the Project Record Documents in the same manner as shop drawings in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .4 The costs of tests and mix designs beyond those called for in the Contract Documents, or beyond those required by the authorities having jurisdiction, shall be appraised by the Consultant and may be authorized as recoverable. MILL TESTS .1 Submit mill test certificates required by the Contract Documents. .2 The procedures for submittal of mill test certificates shall be the same as those required for shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .3 Mill test certificates are to be considered as forming part of the Project Record Documents in the same manner as shop drawings in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. - 1.12 MOCKUPS .1 Prepare mockups for work specifically requested in the Contract Documents. Include for work of all Subcontractors and Suppliers required to provide mockups. Construct in locations acceptable to the Consultant unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. ... ... - .. - .2 .3 Prepare the mockups for review by the Consultant with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence, so as not to delay the progress of the Work. Failure to prepare mockups in ample time will not be considered sufficient reason for an extension of the Contract Time, and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. .4 .5 Refer to the respective sections of the specifications to determine whether the mockup may remain as part of the Work, or must be removed. .6 Work for which a mockup is required in accordance with the Contract Documents shall not proceed until the required mockup has been reviewed by the Consultant. 1.13 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS .1 ... .2 ... .3 .. - 2. 3. - Submit adjustment and balancing reports for mechanical and electrical systems as required by the Contract Documents. The procedures for submittal of adjustment and balancing reports for mechanical and electrical systems shall be the same as those required for shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. Adjustment and balancing reports for mechanical and electrical systems are to be considered as forming part of the Project Record Documents in the same manner as shop drawings in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout Products (not applicable) Execution (not applicable) END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01501 TEMPORARY WORK Page 1 of 4 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. ... General - 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES .1 Temporary utilities. - - 1.3 - .2 Temporary facilities. .3 Temporary controls. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL .1 Provide temporary utilities, facilities and controls in order to execute the Work expeditiously. .2 Remove from the Place of the Work all such work after use. 1.4 DEWATERING .1 Provide temporary drainage and pumping facilities to keep excavations and the Place of the Work free from standing water. - ... - 1.5 ... - 1.6 .1 ... .2 ... .3 ... 1.7 - - .2 Do not discharge onto adjacent properties. Do not discharge onto adjacent roadways where such discharge may interfere with the safe and normal use thereof, or where catchbasins do not exist. SANITARY FACILITIES .1 Provide sufficient sanitary facilities for workers in accordance with local health authorities. .2 Maintain in clean condition and properly screened from public view. .3 Workers shall not be allowed to use the sanitary facilities of the existing building. WATER SUPPLY Provide a continuous supply of potable water for construction use. The existing building's service may be used for this purpose subject to the Owner's approvaL Otherwise, arrange for connection with the appropriate utility company and pay costs for installation, maintenance, and removaL Whether using the existing building's service, or providing temporary service, pay for utility charges at prevailing rates. TEMPORARY HEATING .1 The Owner will provide heat to the entire building, including attendance. maintenance and fueL .2 The Contractor will provide any additional temporary heating at the Place of the Work as required for the proper execution of the Work during the construction period. including attendance, maintenance and fueL Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. 01501 TEMPORARY WORK Page 2 of4 .3 Construction heaters used inside buildings must be vented to the outside or be flameless type. Solid fuel salamanders are not permitted. .4 Maintain temperatures of minimum 101 C in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. .5 Ventilate heated areas and keep building free of exhaust or combustion gases. .6 Heat shall be uniformly distributed to avoid hot or cold areas or excessive drying. .7 Make good any damage caused by inadequate or excessive heat. 1.8 TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHT .1 Arrange for temporary power required during construction for the proper execution of the Work and the safe and proper operating of power tools. Maintain in good working order. The power supply of the existing building may be used for this purpose subject to the Owner's approval. Otherwise, arrange for connection with appropriate utility company and pay costs for installation, maintenance, and removal. .2 .3 If use of the power supply of the existing building is approved by the Owner, the Contractor is to ensure that there is no disruption to the normal operations of the existing building as a result of this provision, and shall be solely responsible and liable for any such disruption with no increase in the Contract Time. The costs resulting from any disruption in the power supply to the existing building as a result of the Work are to be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work Whether using the existing building's service, or providing temporary service, pay for utility charges at prevailing rates. .4 .5 Abide by the rules of the Canadian Electrical Code. 1.9 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE .1 Provide and pay for a temporary telephone, to be located in the site office, and available for use by the Owner, Consultant, and Subcontractors. The Contractor shall pay all service and local use charges for the telephone, including installation and removal on completion of the Work. Long distance charges shall be paid to the Contractor by the person or company making the call. .2 1.10 SITE STORAGE AND OVER LOADING 1.11 HOISTING .1 .2 .1 Confine the Work and the operations of workers to limits indicated by the Contract Documents. Do not unreasonably encumber the Place of the Work with Products or construction machinery and equipment. .2 Do not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will endanger the Work. Provide, operate and maintain any hoists/cranes required for moving of workers, materials and equipment. Make financial arrangements with Subcontractors for use thereof. Hoists/cranes are to be operated by a qualified operator only. Proof of operator's qualification shall be provided upon request. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. "'" . ... .. .. .. III .IIi .. .. ... .. fl .. ~ - .. .. .. .. - - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01501 TEMPORARY WORK Page 3 of 4 - - .3 The location of any hoists/cranes required shall be carefully coordinated with the Owner in order to ensure that they will not interfere with the safe and normal operations of the existing building. 1.12 SITE OFFICE ... .1 Provide a weathertight, lockable office for the use of the Contractor, Subcontractors, the Consultant and the Consultanfs representatives, and the Owner when at the Place of the Work, and for the purposes of site meetings. .... .2 The location of the site office shall be subject to prior approval by the Owner in order to ensure that the site office will not interfere with the normal operations of the existing building. Space may be set aside by the Owner in the areas of the existing building outside of the Place of the ... Work for use as the site office. .3 The site office shall have heat, light, and ventilation from sources as outlined above. - .4 Provide a meeting table, shelving, file cabinets, and the like, suitable for the storage and review of the Contract Documents, shop drawings, Change Orders, Supplemental Instructions, and all other record documents as required by the Contract Documents and by the authorities having ... jurisdiction. .5 The site office shall not be used for the storage of Products, or construction machinery or equipment. ... 1.13 EQUIPMENT, TOOL, AND MATERIAL STORAGE .1 - .2 - .3 ... Provide and maintain, in clean and orderly condition, lockable weatherproof sheds for storage of tools, equipment and materials. The location of the lockable weatherproof storage sheds shall be subject to prior approval by the Owner in order to ensure that they will not interfere with the normal operations of the existing building Locate materials not required to be stored in weatherproof sheds at the Place of the Work in a manner to cause the least interference with the Work or the normal operations of the existing building. - 1.14 CONSTRUCTION SIGN .1 If a painted plywood sign is supplied to the Contractor by the Owner for installation at the Place of the Work during the course of the Work, then Contractor is to supply and install nominal 100 mm x 100 mm wood posts and framing, and is to fix the sign to the framing. - - 1.15 HOARDING .2 No other signs, other than for safety, caution, or instruction, will be permitted. ... - - .1 Provide hoarding and barricades as and where required by authorities having jurisdiction or required to protect the public, workers, and public and private property from injury or damage. .2 Include for the provision of overhead protection and temporary exits and exit signs as may be required during the course of the Work. .3 Include for the provision of temporary gates and/or doors to provide restricted access to the Place of the Work as required. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01501 TEMPORARY WORK Page 4 of 4 .. .. 1.16 WEATHERTIGHT ENCLOSURES .1 Provide weathertight closures to unfinished door and window openings. tops of shafts, and other openings in floors and roofs. Close-off floor areas where walls are not finished, seal-off other openings, and enclose building interior work area for temporary heat. .. .. .2 1.17 DUST TIGHT SCREENS .1 .. Provide dust tight screens or partitions to localize dust generating activities, and for protection or workers, finished areas of work, and the public. Maintain and relocate protection until such work is complete. The intrusion of dust or other debris resulting from the Work of this Contract into the existing building outside the areas where work is being performed will not be acceptable under any circumstances and will be made good immediately at no increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time. .2 .3 .. ... 1.18 PROTECTION OF BUILDING FINISHES AND EQUIPMENT 2. ... .1 Provide protection for the existing building, and for finished and partially finished building finishes and equipment during performance of the Work. Contractor will be held responsible for damage due to lack of or improper protection, including the intrusion of any dust, debris, fumes, or other undesirable by-products of the Work into the existing building. Products (not applicable) .2 .. ... 3. Execution (not applicable) END OF SECTION .. 11IIII .. ... .. .. .. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. '11III - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01600 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 4 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. ... General 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES - .1 Product quality, availability, and delivery, storage, and handling. .2 Manufacturer's instructions. - .3 Workmanship, coordination, and fastenings. ... .4 Existing facilities. 1.3 QUALITY .. - ... ... .3 ... .4 ... .5 ... .1 Products, construction materials and equipment, and articles (any of which may be referred to as "Products" throughout the specifications) incorporated in the Work shall be new, not damaged or defective, and of the best quality (compatible with the Contract Documents) for the purpose intended. If requested, the Contractor shall furnish evidence as to the type, source, and quality of the Products Provided. Defective Products, whenever identified prior to the completion of the Work, will be rejected, regardless of previous inspections or reviews. Inspection or review of the Work in progress by the Consultant, the Owner, or Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the quality of the Products or Work, but, rather, is a precaution against oversight or error. The Contractor shall remove and replace defective Products at the Contractor's own expense and be responsible for any delays and expenses caused by rejection. .2 Should any dispute arise as to the quality or fitness of the Products, the decision rests solely with the Consultant and shall be based upon the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, maintain uniformity of manufacture and manufacturer for any particular or similar item or items throughout the Work. Permanent labels, trademarks, and nameplates on Products are not acceptable in prominent locations, except where required for operating instructions, or when located in the mechanical/electrical room, or as may be provided otherwise in the Contract Documents. ... 1.4 AVAILABILITY .1 While it was the intent of the Sid Documents and procedures, and the goal of the competitive Sid process that led to the formation of this Contract, to provide unlimited competition to Provide Products, certain Products specified are accompanied by reference to brand names, proprietary names, trade marks, catalogue numbers, or catalogue designations or symbols, indicated as "acceptable products," "acceptable materials," or "acceptable manufacturers". In such cases, the name of a distributor, supplier, or a dealer is sometimes given to assist the Contractor in finding a source of supply. ... - - .2 The naming of a source of supply does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of finding his or her own source of supply. If unable to obtain the specified Product, the Contractor shall Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... 01600 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 4 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition supply a substitute Product equal to, or superior to, the Product specified and in accordance with the procedures and requirements of Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures, at no increase in the Contract Price. Should the Contractor be unable to obtain a substitute Product equal to, or superior to, the specified Product, and the Owner accepts an inferior Product, the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly in an amount determined by the Consultant, in consultation with the Contractor, and in accordance with Section 01250 Contract Modification Procedures. .3 The use of Product brand names, proprietary names, trade marks, catalogue numbers, or catalogue designations or symbols does not preclude the Contractor from proposing substitutions for the named Products, provided such proposals are in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING The Contractor is to be responsible for the costs of transportation of the Products required in the performance of the Work. .2 Transportation costs of Products supplied by the Owner will be paid for by the Owner. .1 The Contractor shall be responsible for unloading, handling, and storing all Products in accordance with the manufacturers' requirements and recommendations, and in a manner to prevent damage, adulteration, deterioration and soiling. .4 Store packaged or bundled Products in original and undamaged condition, with manufacturer's seal and labels intact. Do not remove from packaging or bundling until required in the Work. .3 .5 Store Products subject to damage from weather in weathertight enclosures. .6 Store any cementitious products clear of earth or concrete floors, and away from walls. .7 Keep sand, when used for grout or mortar materials, clean and dry. Store sand on wooden platforms and cover with waterproof tarpaulins during inclement weather. .8 Store sheet materials and lumber on flat, solid supports and keep clear of ground. Slope to shed moisture. .9 Remove and replace damaged Products with no increase to the Contract Price and to the satisfaction of the Consultant. 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 1.7 .1 Unless explicitly stated to the contrary in the Contract Documents, Provide Products in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Do not rely on labels or enclosures provided with the Products: obtain written instructions directly from the manufacturer. .2 Notify the Consultant in writing of conflicts between the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's instructions, so that the Consultant may establish a course of action. .3 Improper installation or erection of Products, due to failure in complying with these requirements, may require the removal and re-installation of the Product at the discretion of the Consultant and with no additional cost to the Owner. WORKMANSHIP .1 Workmanship shall be the best quality, executed by workers experienced and skilled in the ... III ... IIlIlII ... IIlIlII .. lIIIIli .. ... .. .. III .. .. IIlIIIiI IIIIlII IIlIIIiI Thomas Brown Architects Inc. wi - 01600 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 4 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - .2 Prevent overloading of any part of the Work. Do not cut, drill or sleeve any load bearing structural member, unless specifically indicated without the written approval of the Consultant. - 1.13 EXISTING UTILITIES - .1 When breaking into or connecting to existing services or utilities, execute work at times as may be directed by authorities having jurisdiction, and with a minimum disruption to the Work or pedestrian and vehicular traffic. - .2 Protect, relocate, or maintain existing active services. When services are encountered, cap-off in a manner approved by the authority having jurisdiction, stake and record location of capped service. - 2. Products (not applicable) 3. Execution (not applicable) ... END OF SECTION ... - ... - - - ... - ... - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01600 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 4 till III duties for which they are employed. Immediately notify the Consultant if the required work is such as to make it impractical to produce the required results. Do not employ any unfit person or anyone unskilled in their required duties. The Consultant reserves the right to require the dismissal from the site of workers deemed incompetent, careless, insubordinate, or otherwise objectionable. .3 Decisions as to the quality or fitness or workmanship in cases of dispute rest solely with the Consultant, whose decision is final. IIIliI .2 IIIliI III 1.8 CONCEALMENT .1 In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in floors, walls, and ceilings, except where indicated otherwise. ... .2 Before installation, inform the Consultant if there is a contradictory situation. Install as directed by the Consultant. lIlli 1.9 REMEDIAL WORK .1 .. .2 Perform remedial work required to repair or replace the parts or portions of the Work identified as defective or unacceptable. Coordinate adjacent affected work as required. Perform remedial work using specialists familiar with the materials affected. Perform the work in such a manner as to neither damage nor endanger any other portion of the Work. lilt 1.10 LOCATION OF FIXTURES .1 III Consider the location of fixtures, outlets, and mechanical and electrical items indicated as approximate. Inform the Consultant of a conflicting installation and proceed as directed. .2 IIIliI 1.11 FASTENINGS .1 Provide metal fastenings and accessories in same texture, colour, and finish as adjacent materials, unless specifically indicated otherwise. Prevent electrolytic action between dissimilar metals and materials. .. IIIIIi .2 .3 Use non-corrosive hot dip galvanized steel fasteners and anchors for securing exterior work, unless stainless steel or other material is specifically requested in the Contract Documents. .4 Space anchors within their load limit or shear capacity and ensure that they provide positive permanent anchorage. Wood. or any other oroanic material pluos are not acceptable. .. .5 .6 Keep exposed fastenings to a minimum, space evenly and install neatly. Fastenings which cause spalling or cracking of material to which anchorage is made are not acceptable. .. lilt .1 1.12 PROTECTION OF WORK IN PROGRESS Adequately protect Work completed or in progress. Work damaged or defaced due to failure in providing such protection is to be removed and replaced, or repaired, as directed by the Consultant, at no increase in the Contract Price. .. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. ... February 22, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01630 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Paae 1 of 2 - ... 1. General ... .1 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements 1.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES - .1 Base the Work of this Contract and the Contract Price upon using the new materials and Products specified. .2 Where materials and Products are specified only by reference to standards, provide any material or Product that meets the standard. ... ... .3 ... .4 - .5 ... ... .6 .7 .1 .2 .3 .4 .8 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 ... - - ... ... - - Materials and Products specified by their proprietary names or catalogue number shall form the basis for the Work. No substitutes for these may be used without the Consultanfs prior written authorization. Where a material or Product is specified by naming two or more acceptable materials or proprietary Products, Provide anyone of the specified materials or Products. If compliance with a referenced standard is also specified, the material or Product selected shall meet the standard. Substitutions will be considered only when submitted more than seven working days prior to tender closing to permit proper investigation by the Consultant, and under the conditions specified herein. There is no obligation on the part of the Consultant or the Owner to review or accept any proposed substitutions. Substitutions proposed may be considered onlv under the following conditions: If the proposed substitute materials and Products, having been brought to the attention of, and considered by, the Consultant as equivalent to those specified, will decrease the Contract Price. If the proposed substitute materials and Products, having been brought to the attention of, and considered by, the Consultant as equivalent to those specified, will not increase the Contract Price but will decrease the Contract Time. If a material or Product is specified together with a requirement for performance and it can be shown by the Contractor that the specified material or Product will not achieve the specified performance. When a substitution is otherwise advantageous to the Owner or to the execution of the Work as determined by the Consultant. When proposing substitutions, the Contractor shall submit with each application, the material and Product names and complete specifications substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including: Product Identification. Detailed, item by item comparison between the properties and characteristics of the specified material or Product, and the proposed substitution. Manufacturer's name, address and telephone number. Manufacturer's material or Product literature. Performance, technical and test data. Reference standards. Product limitations. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01630 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 2 .8 .9 .10 .11 .9 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .10 .11 .12 ... Samples. List of existing installations. Changes to Contract Time, if any. Changes to Contract Price, if any. In making a request for substitution, the Contractor represents that: the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed Product or method, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified; the Contractor will provide the same guarantee for the substituted Product or method as for the Product or method specified or indicated; the Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects; the Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution; and, the cost data provided by the Contractor as part of the Contractor's substitution proposal is complete and includes all related costs including, but not limited to; .1 coordination and supervision; .2 installation and independent inspection and testing; .3 any change in the cost of other affected areas; and, .4 costs for any detailed design or related engineering work. Should the proposed substitution be accepted, notification of this acceptance will be issued to all bidders by Addendum. Should the proposed substitution be accepted, either in part or in whole, the Contractor assumes full responsibility when the substitution affects any other part of the Work. Contractor to ensure that substitutions are accommodated by space allotted for the specified materials, Products, methods or processes. III .. III .. ... ... .. .. ... .13 Be responsible for the cost of changes in the work of all trades necessitated by the use of proposed substitutions with no increase in either the Contract Price or the Contract Time. .14 Substitutions that have not been accepted through the process described in this section and are shown on shop drawings, will be rejected, whether or not the shop drawings have been reviewed. .. .15 Credits arising from accepted substitutions will be credited to the Contract Price by way of a Change Order in accordance with Section 01250 Contract Modification Procedures. .. .16 No substitutions will be permitted without the prior written approval of the Consultant. ... 3. 2. Products (not applicable) ... Execution (not applicable) END OF SECTION ... ... lIIIII ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01730 CUTTING & PATCHING Page 1 of 2 ... 1. General - 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. ... 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES - .1 Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching the Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ... .1 Submit a written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: .1 The structural integrity of any element of the Work; - .2 The integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements; .3 The efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element; and, .4 The visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. ... .2 Include in the request: .1 Identification of the Work; .2 The location and description of the affected work; .3 A statement on the necessity for cutting or alteration; ... .4 A description of the proposed work and products to be used; .5 Any alternatives to cutting and patching; and, .6 The date and time the work will be executed. ... 1.4 PREPARATION - .. .. .. 1.5 .. .. ... - .1 Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. .2 After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting the performance of the Work. .3 Beginning of cutting and patching shall be taken to mean acceptance of the existing conditions. Provide supports to assure the structural integrity of the surrounding elements as well as devices and methods to protect other portions of the Work from damage. .4 .5 Provide protection from weather for areas that may be exposed by uncovering work. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .1 Perform cutting, fitting, and patching to complete the Work. .2 Fit the several parts together to integrate with other work. .3 Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. .4 Provide openings in non-structural elements of the Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. .6 Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather-exposed and moisture- .5 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01730 CUTTING & PATCHING Page 2 of 2 .7 .8 ... III resistant elements and sight-exposed surfaces. Cut rigid materials using power saw or core drill. Pneumatic or impact tools shall not be allowed. IIlIIi Restore work with new Products in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. IIlIIi .10 .9 Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduits, and other penetrations through surfaces. lIIIIilI .11 .12 At penetration of fire-rated wall, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire- rated material, full thickness of construction element. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. .. If any field cutting is performed not in accordance with the above, the Contractor shall be held responsible for any failure or distress from such cutting. III 3. 2. Products (not applicable) ... Execution (not applicable) END OF SECTION .. .... IIIIi .. lIIIIilI .. .... lIIIIilI IIlIi .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01731 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION Page 1 of 3 .. - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS ... .1 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions. and all of Division 1 General Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES .. .1 CAN/CSA S350-M1980 (R1998), Code of Practice for Safety in Demolition of Structures. 1.3 EXISTING CONDITIONS .. .1 Structures to be demolished to be based on their condition on the date that bid was submitted by the Contractor to the Owner. ... 1.4 DEMOLITION DRAWINGS .. Where required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit for approval drawings, diagrams, or details showing the sequence of demolition work and supporting structures and underpinning. .2 Submit drawings stamped and signed by a qualified Professional Engineer registered or licensed in the Province of Ontario and experienced and qualified in demolition work. .1 .. 1.5 PROTECTION .. .1 Undertake work and effect all arrangements required by authorities having jurisdiction. .2 Post danger signs conspicuously around the Place of the Work and the property, and close all doorways and thoroughfares giving access to areas of demolition with barricades. .. .3 Prevent movement, settlement, or damage of adjacent parts of the existing building that are to remain. Provide bracing and/or shoring as required. Repair damage caused by demolition to areas of the existing building not indicated for demolition as directed by the Consultant with no increase in the Contract Price. .. .4 Support affected structures and, if safety of structure being demolished or adjacent structures or services appear t be endangered, cease operations and notify Consultant. - .5 Prevent debris from blocking drainage systems, and mechanical and electrical systems which must remain in operation. .. .6 Close-off floor areas where walls or roofs are not finished or are penetrated as a result of the work of this section, and seal-off any other opening made in order to maintain the weatherproofing of he existing building's envelope. .. 1.6 COORDINATION AND SEQUENCING - 1 The existing building is to remain in operation throughout the Work of this Contract. .2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and sequencing of the demolition work. .. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01731 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION Page 2 of 3 3. 2. Products (not applicable) Execution 3.1 PREPARATION .1 Disconnect and re-route electrical and telephone service lines in areas to be demolished. Post warning signs on electrical lines and equipment which must remain energized to serve other areas of the building during the period of demolition. .2 Disconnect and cap designated mechanical services as follows: .1 Natural gas supply lines: modify in accordance with gas company requirements where required. .2 Sewer and water lines: remove, move, extend, or install as required or indicated in the Contract Documents. .3 Do not disrupt active or energized utilities except as required for the Work. Careful coordination of the work of this section is required with Mechanical and Electrical as described in the Proposal submitted by the Contractor as part of their Bid Submission in regards to the above. .4 3.2 SAFETY CODE 3.3 .1 Do demolition work in accordance with CAN/CSA S350-M 1980 (R 1998). .2 Blasting operations are not permitted during demolition. DEMOLITION .1 Demolish as required and/or indicated to permit the construction of the renovations indicated. After demolition and removal, remaining surfaces to be made ready to receive Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. .2 Remove existing equipment, services, and obstacles where required for refinishing or making good of existing surfaces, and replace as work progresses. .3 At the end of each day's work, leave the Place of the Work in a safe and stable condition. .4 Demolish to minimize dusting. Keep materials wetted where possible. .5 Demolish masonry and concrete walls and floors in pieces suitable for removal from the Place of the Work daily. .6 All demolished materials, and all materials removed from the existing building as a result of the work of this section, shall be removed from the Place of the Work and disposed of in accordance with the authorities having jurisdiction. Where required prior to removal from the Place of the Work, storage of materials and debris resulting from the work of this section shall be in strict accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, and in accordance with Section 01500 Temporary Work. .7 3.4 PROJECT CLEANLINESS .1 As a minimum requirement, any waste material and debris generated by the work of this section is to be removed from the existing building at the end of each day's work and stored prior to removal from the Place of the Work in accordance with the requirements noted above. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .... III ... .... ... .... .i .J III ... IIIlIIl ... ... .... IIIlIIl till .. .. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01731 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION Page 3 of 3 ... .2 Soiling of, or waste or construction debris in, those areas of the existing building where demolition is not in progress will not be tolerated under any circumstances, and is to be made good immediately to the satisfaction of the Consultant and the Owner. END OF SECTION .. .. ... ... - .. ... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01770 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Page 1 of 4 - .. 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS General .. .1 .2 .. - .3 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. No less than three percent (3%) of the Contract Price is to be assigned as the cost for the preparation and delivery to the Consultant of the Project Record Documents. This value is to be indicated on the schedule of values in accordance with Section 01290 Payment Procedures. The review to determine Substantial Performance of the Work will not take place until the documents and products described in this section have been received bv the Consultant. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES ... .1 Cleaning. .2 Project record documents. .. .3 Spare parts and maintenance materials. .4 Systems demonstration. ... .5 Substantial Performance of the Work and takeover procedures. - 1.3 PROGRESSIVE CLEANING - .. ... 1.4 .. - .. - - .1 Maintain the Work in a tidy condition, free from the accumulation of waste products and debris. .2 Remove waste materials and debris from the Place of the Work at the end of each day. Under no circumstances will the intrusion of waste materials or debris into the existing building be tolerated. Any such intrusion will be made good immediately and to the satisfaction of the Consultant and the Owner. .3 Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work and maintain these areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. FINAL CLEANING .1 Remove waste products and debris and leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner. .2 Remove surplus Products, tools, construction machinery, and equipment. .3 Leave work broom clean before review to determine Substantial Performance of the Work begins. Clean and polish all interior and exterior glass, mirrors, hardware, tile, stainless steel, aluminum, chrome, porcelain enamel, baked enamel, plastic laminate, and mechanical and electrical fixtures. .4 Replace broken, scratched, or disfigured glass and/or mirrors, at Contractor's expense, and in compliance with the Contract Documents. .6 Remove stains, spots, marks, and dirt from decorative work, electrical and mechanical fixtures, .5 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Page 2 of 4 III .. furniture fitments, and walls. .7 Vacuum clean and dust building interiors, behind grilles, louvres, and screens. .. .8 Wax, seal, shampoo, or prepare floor finishes as recommended by the relevant flooring manufacturer. .9 Broom clean and wash exterior walks, steps, and surfaces. .10 Remove dirt and other disfigurations from exterior surfaces. .11 Remove surplus mortar, caulking compound, and the like, from all interior and exterior surfaces of the building. .. .. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS III .1 Operation and Maintenance Manuals: .1 Fifteen (15) days prior to applying for the review to determine Substantial Performance of .. the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Consultant three (3) copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. .2 If revisions to the Operation and Maintenance Manuals are required, two (2) copies will be returned to the Contractor by the Consultant, with comments attached, for re-submission III prior to undertaking the review to determine Substantial Performance of the Work. .3 Manuals are to be re-submitted to the Consultant for review once any required revisions have been made. ... .4 Manuals shall contain operational information on equipment, cleaning and lubrication schedules, filters, overhaul and adjustment schedules, and all other operation and maintenance information as required by the Contract Documents, includina all warranties. .5 Organize the data in the form of an instructional manual in binders of commercial quality, .... with hard covers, 8 W' x 11" in size, with a maximum ring size of 2". .6 On the cover, identify each binder with the typed or printed title "Operation and Maintenance Manuals," listing also the title of the project, and identifying the subject matter of the .. contents. .7 Arrange the contents into applicable categories of work, parallel to the sections of the specifications. , .8 When multiple binders are used, correlate data into consistent related groupings. .. .9 Provide tabbed fly-leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. .10 If drawings are included, provide with reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text, .. folding drawings of a larger size to size of text pages. .11 For each Product or system: list names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and Suppliers, including a local source of supplies and replacement parts. .12 Product Data: mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, as III well as data applicable to the installation, and delete inapplicable information. .2 As-Built Documents: .1 After the award of the Contract, the Consultant will provide the Contractor with a set of .. Contract Documents for the purpose of recording changes in the Work, as well as the actual locations of concealed services. .2 Accurately and neatly record deviations from the Contract Documents caused by site 111I conditions and changes in the Work as the Work proaresses. .3 Record information by means of red felt-tip marker. .4 Identify each document as "As-Built Copy." Maintain in good condition in the site office and ... make available for inspection by the Consultant and the Owner upon request. .5 In the specifications, legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including manufacturers, trade names, and catalogue number for each product actually installed, 11IIII Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01770 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Page 3 of 4 - ... .. .. .3 .1 .. .2 - .6 particularly optional items and substitute items. Mechanical and electrical records shall be kept by the respective Subcontractors (who shall receive extra copies of the mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications for this purpose from the Contractor), and shall be delivered to the Contractor who shall transfer the information to the As-Built Drawings. On completion of the construction work, and fifteen (15) days orior to applying for the review to determine Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Consultant the complete As-Built Documents. Shoo Drawinas and Insoection Reoorts: Fifteen (15) days orior to applying for the review to determine Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Consultant copies of all reviewed shop drawings including an inventory of the shop drawings submitted. Fifteen (15) days prior to applying for review to determine Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Consultant copies of all inspection and testing reports bound together in one (1) volume and arranged in chronological sequence. .7 .. .1 1.6 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS .. .2 - .3 ... III .4 .. .5 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION 1.7 .. .1 .1 .2 .3 .2 .1 .2 .3 .. ... - ... At the time of submission of the Project Record Documents, or earlier if acceptable to the Consultant and the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner maintenance equipment for the various items, pieces of equipment, systems, or accessories required by the Contract Documents. At the time of submission of the Project Record Documents, or earlier if acceptable to the Consultant and the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner extra materials for the various items, pieces of equipment, systems, or accessories required by the Contract Documents. Spare parts, maintenance materials, and extra materials provided shall be new, not damaged or defective, and of same quality, manufacture, and manufacturer as of the Products provided in the Work. If requested, the Contractor is to furnish evidence as to the type, source, and quality of the Products provided. Defective Products will be rejected, regardless of previous inspections. The Contractor is to replace such Products with no increase in the Contract Price. Store spare parts and maintenance materials in a manner to prevent damage or deterioration. Preoaration: Submit to both the Owner and the Consultant, a schedule of time and date for demonstration of each item of equipment and each system at least fifteen (15) days prior to designated dates. Ensure that the services, apparati, and equipment are installed and complete, have been inspected, tested and adjusted, and are all in perfect operating condition. Verify the conditions for demonstration and instructions comply with requirements and that designated personnel are present. Demonstration and Instructions: Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, and maintenance of each item of equipment. Instruct personnel in all phases of operation and maintenance using the Operation and Maintenance Manuals as the basis of instruction. Review the contents of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in detail to explain all Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Page 4 of 4 .. .. .4 aspects of operation and maintenance. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manuals when the need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions. .. .3 Instruction Reoorts: .1 Submit reports within five (5) Working Days after completion of demonstration, that demonstration and instructions have been satisfactorily completed. Give time and date of .. each demonstration, with a list of persons present. 1.8 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE AND TAKEOVER PROCEDURES 2. III .1 The Contractor shall conduct an inspection of the Work to identify deficiencies and defects, which shall be repaired as required. When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially performed, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected and apply for a review by the Consultant to establish Substantial Performance of the Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Contract. No later than ten (10) Working Days after the receipt of the Contractor's application, the Consultant and the Contractor will review the Work to identify any defect or deficiencies. If necessary, the Consultant will tabulate a list of deficiencies to be issued to the Contractor for correction of same. .. lIlIi .. .2 .3 When the Consultant considers that the deficiencies and defects have been completed and that it appears that the requirements of the Contract Documents (as may have been amended during the Work) have been substantially performed, the Consultant shall issue a certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work to the Contractor, stating the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. .. - .4 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor, in conjunction with the Consultant, will establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work. ... .5 The Warranty Period shall commence from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Products (not applicable) ... 3. Execution (not applicable) END OF SECTION .. ... .. II .. . Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 01900 REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ENVELOPE Page 1 of 2 .. .. 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. The Contractor is responsible for continuous examination and inspection of the Work related to the exterior assemblies to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents. .. ... .. - ... 1.2 .. - General .2 .3 Materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection and testing at any time. Cooperated in permitting access for inspection and testing to all places where work is being done or materials are stored. The cost for Independent Inspection and Testing shall be charged against the cash allowance specified for Independent Inspection and Testing in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. .4 Allow sufficient time for testing, evaluation, alterations and retesting so as not to affect the progress of the work. RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing .2 Section 07260 Sheet Vapour Barrier .3 Section 07900 Joint Sealers 1.3 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE .1 Allow for expansion and contraction of components caused by ambient, temperature range and surface temperature variation of components, and structural movements, without causing distortion, failure of fastening, joints and/or air/vapour barrier seals, undue stress or other defects detrimental to appearance and/or performance. Reinforce building envelope assembly components, as required, so that the members can safely sustain design loads Assemble and secure assemblies in a manner which will keep stresses on sealants within the sealant manufacturers' recommended maximum. ... - .. .. .. .. - - .2 .3 .4 Comply with the design and performance requirements of the Ontario Building Code 1997, with the stringent requirements to govern, and as specified herein, including the following principles: Drain to exterior face of the wall or window assembly, any water entering at joints and any condensation occurring within the building envelope assembly. .2 Design, fabricate and install the assembly to minimize specified materials ability to transmit moisture through capillary action. .1 .3 Design, fabricate and install the assembly to be watertight to the interior, under the exterior and interior design conditions in combination with the movements occurring due to loads imposed. .9 The requirements for an air barrier and a vapour barrier are intended to be provided as continuous planes within the building envelope unless indicated or specified otherwise. For the purpose of this specification air barrier and vapour barrier refer to a continuous membrane Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. 01900 REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ENVELOPE Page 2 of 2 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition .. J between components and to adjacent construction which prevents or retards passage of moisture laden air and/or the diffusion of water vapour through it. .. .10 Design sealant joints with strict regard for sizing of joint and parallel orientation of contact surfaces. Ensure support for both sealant and backer rod. 2. Products (not applicable) .; 3. Execution (not applicable) IIIllI END OF SECTION IIIllI .. Ii lilt .. ... .. ... .. .. .. till till Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 11III ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02315 EXCAVATING TRENCHING & BACKFILLING Page 1 of 5 ... ... 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. III ... General .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. ... 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 02701 Aggregates: General ... .2 Section 02910 Topsoil and Finish Grading 1.3 REGULATIONS .1 Shore and brace excavations, protect slopes and banks, and perform all work in accordance with Provincial and Municipal regulations. .. 1.4 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS .1 ... - ... .. ... .. III All procedures, equipment, and materials shall be approved by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company who shall be engaged to provide supervision of all excavating, trenching, and backfilling. .2 The cost for Independent Inspection and Testing shall be charged against the cash allowance specified for Independent Inspection and Testing in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. .3 Testing of materials and compaction of backfill and fill will be carried-out by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Not later than five (5) Working Days before backfilling or filling, provide to the Independent Inspection and Testing Company a 23 kg sample of material proposed for use. Do not begin backfilling or filling operations until material has been approved for use by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Not later than 48 hours before backfilling or filling with approved material, notify the Independent Inspection and Testing Company and the Consultant so that compaction tests can be carried- out by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. .4 .5 .6 .7 Before commencing work, conduct, with the Consultant, a condition survey of any existing structures, trees and other plants, lawns, fencing, service poles, wires, rail tracks, paving, survey benchmarks and monuments that may be affected by the Work. - 1.5 BURIED SERVICES - ... .1 Before commencing work, establish the location of any buried services on and adjacent to the Place of the Work. .2 Arrange with the appropriate authority for relocation of any buried services that interfere with the execution of the Work. Pay the costs of relocating services. Such costs are included in the Contract Price and will not be considered of approved as a change in the Work. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. -, 02315 EXCAVATING TRENCHING & BACKFILLING Page 2 of 5 III t ... .3 Remove any obsolete buried services within 2000 mm of foundations. .4 Cap cut-offs. III 1.6 PROTECTION .1 ... Protect excavations from freezing. .2 Keep excavations clean and free of loose soil. .3 Dewatering. .1 Dewatering to be in accordance with Section 01501 Temporary Work as supplemented herein. .2 Provide sufficient sumps, appliances, and stand-by equipment to keep excavations clear of water and be solely responsible for adequacy of all pumping requirements and water control during the Work. .3 Take precautions to ensure water pumped out does not carry soil in suspension in sufficient quantities to cause settlement of adjacent earth. .4 Where soil is subject to significant volume change due to a change in moisture content, cover and protect to approval of Independent Inspection and Testing Company and Consultant. .. ... .. III .4 Protect natural and man-made features required to remain undisturbed. Unless otherwise indicated or located in an area to be occupied by new construction, protect existing trees from damage in accordance with locate authorities having jurisdiction. Protect trees and shrubs specified or indicated to remain. Protection to be in accordance with the requirements of the Municipality of Clarington. .. .5 .. .6 Do not disturb soil within branch spread of trees or shrubs specified or indicated to remain. .7 Protect buried services that are required to remain undisturbed. ... 1.7 EXAMINATION Difficulties encountered, or expenses incurred, as a result of conditions known, knowable, visible, or reasonably inferable prior to commencement of the Work will not be considered or approved as changes in the Work. Carefully examine both the Place of the Work and the complete Contract Documents to calculate the full extent, depth, and quantity of material to be excavated and removed. 2. Products 2.1 .1 Examine the Place of the Work and note all characteristics and features affecting the work of this section. .. .2 III .3 ..... MATERIALS IIIl .1 Granular A, Granular B, and sub-base to OPSS 1010. .2 Sand to OPSS 1004. III .3 Backfill used to satisfy underfloor slab requirements, in footings and service trenches, and the like, is to be compactible inorganic fill with its moisture content close to its optimum moisture content determined in the Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (SPMDD) test. Some moisture content adjustments may be required for efficient compaction depending upon the III 11IIII Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ~ .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02315 EXCAVATING TRENCHING & BACKFILLING Page 3 of 5 - ... .. ... 3. 3.1 SHORING AND BRACING Execution ... ... ... ... weather conditions at the time of the Work. Any organic or excessively wet or otherwise deleterious material is not to be used for backfilling purposes. Any shortfall of suitable excavated material may be made-up with imported granular material approved for use by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company, OPSS Granular B, or approved equivalent. .5 Provide all necessary material to meet backfilling and grading requirements of the Work. .4 .1 Avoid damage to, or displacement of, walls, waterlines, drains, cables, and the like, as a result of eccentric earth pressures. .2 Where eccentric earth pressures are liable to develop, Provide the necessary shoring and bracing to counteract the eccentricity. .3 Leave shoring and bracing in place until removal is approved by the Consultant. .4 Make good any damage resulting from inadequate shoring or bracing. Such making good will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. 3.2 EXCAVATION .1 - .2 - .3 - .4 ... .5 ... .. - - - Excavation in areas containing hazardous materials to be in accordance with Section 02110 Excavation, Removal, and Handling of Hazardous Materials. Strip any topsoil over areas to be covered by new construction and over areas where grade changes are required, and stockpile at the Place of the Work all in accordance with Section 02910 Topsoil and Finish Grading. Remove all existing organic material and dispose of away from the Place of the Work. Prior to slab-on-grade and asphalt concrete pavement construction, all existing fill, organic matter, and other unsuitable material is to be removed from the affected areas. Following rough grading, the exposed subgrade is to be proofrolled with a heavy vibratory roller under the supervision of the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Any soft spots detected are to be sub-excavated and replaced with approved material compacted to 100% of its SPMDD. Excavate as required to carry out the Work, in all materials met. Do not disturb soil or rock below bearing surfaces. Notify the Consultant and the Independent Inspection and Testing Company when excavations are complete. If bearings are unsatisfactory, additional excavation will be authorized in writing and paid for as a change in the Work. Excavation taken below depths indicated without authorization in writing from the Consultant shall be filled back to the level indicated with concrete of the same strength as the footings. Such remedial work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. Excavate trenches for service pipes to provide uniform continuous bearing and support for 150 mm thickness of bedding material and undisturbed ground. Trench widths below a point 150 mm above pipe not to exceed diameter of pipe plus 600 mm. .7 Excavate for slabs and paving to subgrade level. In addition, remove all topsoil, organic matter, debris and other loose and harmful matter encountered at subgrade level. .6 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 02315 EXCAVATING TRENCHING & BACKFILLING Page 4 of 5 ... .8 Excavation for asphalt paving is to conform to the slopes and drainage patters for finished paving. lIIIli 3.3 BACKFILLING .. .1 .2 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .5 The Contractor shall inform the Independent Inspection and Testing Company and the Consultant not less than 48 hours prior to the commencement of any backfilling operations. Do not commence backfilling until fill materials and areas to be filled have been reviewed by the Consultant and inspected and tested by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Placing. Prior to placing fill over existing ground, scarify surface to a depth of 300 mm. Maintain fill and existing surface at approximately the same moisture content to facilitate bonding. Place backfill, fill, and basecourse material in 200 mm loose layers each compacted as specified below. Add water as required to achieve the specified density. The Place of the Work shall be brought to within 250 mm of the underside of floor slabs using OPSS Granular B Sub-Base uniformly compacted to the densities specified below. Composition of backfill and fill material to be as follows: The lavers immediate Iv below slabs-on-arade: to be 200 mm of 20 mm clear crushed stone. The lavers immediatelv below concrete sidewalks: to be 150 mm layer of 20 mm clear crushed stone. At c::ltr.hbasins.and manholes: sand to OPSS 1004. Under sodded areas: use material excavated from the Place of the Work to underside of topsoil except in trenches and within 600 mm of foundations. Aaainst foundations (except as applicable to trenches and under slabs-on-grade): material excavated from the Place of the Work or imported material with no stones larger than 200 mm in diameter within 600 mm of structures. In trenches: to be conventional Class B pipe bedding as follows: .1 150 mm layer of OPSS Granular A below pipe invert and around the pipe to at least 300 mm above the pipe. .2 Trenches above the specified pipe bedding to be backfilled with material excavated from the Place of the Work. .3 If necessary, compensation for wet trench backfill conditions can be made with OPSS Granular B materials in the pavement structure. Sub-Drainage: Provide sub-drainage in locations indicated, to consist of 100 mm diameter perforated pipe, surrounded by 150 mm of 20 mm clear crushed stone, all wrapped in geotextile, and located a minimum of 300 mm in the subgrade. ~ .. IlIIII .. ..; .. ... IIIIIi - .. 3.4 COMPACTION ... .2 .1 Consolidate each layer by mechanical smooth drum roller. Compact existing subgrade under walks, paving and slabs-on-grade to same compaction as specified for fill. Fill excavated areas with selected subgrade materials compacted with a smooth drum roller so as to achieve a uniformity of subgrade conditions. .4 Compact each layer of fill to 98% of its SPMDD except as follows: .1 In landscaped areas: compaction of each layer to 90% of its SPMDD is acceptable. .2 The lavers immediatelv below slabs-on-arade: each layer to be compacted to 100% of its .3 Compact areas inaccessible to consolidation by mechanical means and areas within 1000 mm of exterior walls by vibrating plate compactors operated so as to avoid damage to completed work. ... ... III ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02315 EXCAVATING TRENCHING & BACKFILLING Page 5 of 5 - ... .3 SPMDD. At catchbasins and manholes: the top 1000 mm below asphalt subgrade to be compacted to 100% of its SPMDD, below 1000 mm a compaction of 98% of its SPMDD is acceptable. In trenches: compaction of each layer to 95% of its SPMDD is acceptable. .4 .. 3.5 GRADING .1 Rough grade to levels, profiles, and contours in accordance with the Contract Documents making allowances for surface treatment as indicated. ... .. .2 Allow for spillage outside of the property lines where finished grades are higher than adjacent properties. .3 Rough grade to 100 mm below finished grades as indicated, ready for installation of topsoil and finish grading in accordance with Section 02910 Topsoil and Finish Grading. .. .4 Grade so that water will drain away from buildings, walls, and paved areas, to catchbasins and other disposal areas approved by the Consultant. Grades to be gradual between finished spot elevations indicated, and slopes where specified are to be minimum 1 :50. .. 3.6 SURPLUS .1 Surplus material to be disposed of away from the Place of the Work. .. END OF SECTION .. ... .. ... - .. .. - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ... ... 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .. ... 02701 AGGREGATES: GENERAL Page 1 of 2 General .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. .. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling ... .2 Section 02770 Concrete Curbs, Walks and Bases .3 Section 02920 Sod 1.3 SAMPLES ... .1 .. .2 .3 - - 2. 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Aggregate quality: sound, hard, durable materials free from soft, thin, elongated or laminated particles, organic material, clay lumps or minerals, or other substances that would act in a deleterious manner for the intended use. - ... .2 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 .1 .2 .3 - ... - - - Submit samples in accordance with the requirements of the Independent Inspection and Testing Company and in Cl~cordance with Section 01330 Submittals. Allow continual sampling by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company during production. The cost for sampling and testing of aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work and shall not be charged against the cash allowance for Independent Inspection and Testing. Products Flat and elongated particles of coarse aggregate: to ASTM D4791 with greatest dimension not to exceed five (5) times least dimension. Fine aggregates satisfying requirements of applicable portions of the Contract Documents to be one, or blend, of the following: Natural sand. Manufactured sand. Screenings produced in crushing of quarried rock, boulders, gravel, or slag. Coarse aggregates satisfying the requirements of applicable portions of the Contract Documents to be one, or blend, of the following Crushed rock. Gravel and crushed gravel composed of naturally formed particles of stone. Light weight aggregate, including slag and expanded shale. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 02701 AGGREGATES: GENERAL Page 2 of 2 .. ~ 3. Execution 3.1 HANDLING lIlIII .1 Handle and transport aggregates to avoid segregation, contamination, and degradation. 3.2 STOCKPILING .. .1 Stockpile aggregates at the Place of the Work in locations as directed by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Do not stockpile on paved surfaces. .. .2 Stockpile aggregates in sufficient quantities to meet project schedules. .3 Stockpiling sites to be level, well drained, and of adequate bearing capacity and stability to support stockpiled materials and handling equipment. ... .4 Except where stockpiled on acceptably stabilized areas, Provide compacted sand base not less than 300 mm in depth to prevent contamination of aggregate. Stockpile aggregates on ground .. but do not incorporate bottom 300 mm of pile into Work. .5 Separate different aggregates by strong, full depth bulkheads, or stockpile far enough apart to prevent intermixing. .. .6 Do not use intermixed or contaminated materials. Remove and dispose of rejected materials within 48 hours of rejection. Dispose of away from the Place of the Work. III .7 Stockpile materials in uniform layers of maximum thickness of 1500 mm. .8 Uniformly spot-dump aggregates delivered to stockpile in trucks and build-up stockpile as .. specified. .9 Do not cone piles or spill material over edges of piles. iii .10 Do not use conveying stackers. .11 During winter operations, prevent ice and snow from becoming mixed into stockpile or in materials being removed from stockpile. .. 3.3 CLEANING .1 Leave aggregate stockpile in tidy, well drained condition, free from standing surface water and landscaped as indicated. Remove any unused aggregates from the Place of the Work upon completion of the Work. ... .2 ... END OF SECTION 1 11II .. .. III Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02770 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS & BASES Page 1 of 3 .. .. 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS ... .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .. .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .. .1 Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling ... .2 Cast-in-Place Concrete notes on Drawing A3 1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING ... .1 The work of this section shall be subject to inspection and testing by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Cost for independent inspection and testing shall be charged against the cash allowance for Independent Inspection and Testing in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. .2 ... 2. Products .. 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Concrete mixes and materials: in accordance with Cast-in-Place Concrete notes on Drawing A3. ... .2 Reinforcing steel: as indicated. .. .3 Joint filler and curing compound: in accordance with Cast-in-Place Concrete notes on Drawing A3. .. .4 Granular base: in accordance with Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling. .5 Non-staining mineral type form release agent: chemically active release agents containing compounds that react with free lime to provide water soluble soap. ... .6 Reinforcing welded wire mesh: 150 x 150 x MW 13.3. .7 Fill material: in accordance with Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling. .. .8 Boiled linseed oil: to CAN/CGSB-1.2. .9 Kerosene: to CAN/CGSB-3.3. .. 2.2 INSTALLATIONS .1 Cast-in-Place Concrete Sidewalks: Provide to dimensions and in locations indicated. - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... 02770 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS & BASES Page 2 of 3 .... 3. Execution , ... 3.1 GRADE PREPARATION 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 .... .1 Grade preparation, including excavation, backfilling, and compaction, to be in accordance with Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling. CONCRETE .. Obtain approval from Independent Inspection and Testing Company and Consultant of granular base and reinforcing steel prior to placing concrete. .2 Do concrete work in accordance with Cast-in-Place Concrete notes on Drawing A3. .1 .. .3 Slope sidewalks away from buildings. III .4 Sidewalks shall be a minimum of 100 mm thick slab, reinforced with welded wire mesh. Finished surface to be true and level with a wood float surface finish. .. .5 Immediately after floating, give sidewalk surface uniform broom finish to produce regular corrugations not exceeding 2 mm deep, by drawing broom in direction normal to centre line. .6 Score out false joints as indicated. .. .7 Provide edging with 10 mm radius edging tool. ", .8 Slip-form pavers equipped with string line system for line and grade control may be used if quality of work is acceptable to Consultant. Hand finish surfaces when directed by Consultant. TOLERANCES iii .1 Finish surfaces with no irregularities greater than 3 mm over a 3000 mm straight edge. EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS II Install tolled transverse contraction joints after floating, when concrete is stiff but still plastic, at intervals as indicated and in accordance with Cast-in-Place Concrete notes on Drawing A3. .2 Install expansion joints, 12.7 mm thick, at a spacing of 5000 mm on centre maximum for sidewalks, 3600 mm on centre maximum for concrete curbs. .1 III IIIIIiI .3 Install expansion joints around manholes and catchbasins, and along length adjacent to concrete curbs, catch basins, buildings, or permanent structures. .4 When sidewalk is adjacent to curb, make joints of curb, gutters and sidewalks coincide. .. .5 Place impregnated asphaltic expansion strips in expansion joints. CURING -' Cure concrete by adding moisture continuously in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1 and in accordance with Cast-in-Place Concrete notes on Drawing A3. .2 Allow concrete to cure for seven (7) days prior to backfilling. .1 ... III 11IIII Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02770 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS & BASES Page 3 of 3 - 3.6 LINSEED OIL TREATMENT - .1 After concrete has cured for specified curing time and when surface of concrete is clean and dry, apply two (2) coats of linseed oil mixture uniformly to surfaces of curbs and walks. .. .2 Linseed oil mixture to consist of 50% boiled linseed oil and 50% mineral spirits by volume. .3 Apply treatment with air temperature is above 10 deg C. .. .4 Apply first coat at 135 mUm2. .5 Apply second coat at 90 mUM2 when first coat has dried. ... END OF SECTION ... .. .. - .. .. ... .. ... ... - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02910 TOPSOIL & FINISH GRADING Page 1 of 4 - - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS ... .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling - 1.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL .1 Advise the Consultant of sources of topsoil to be utilized five (5) Working Days in advance of starting work of this section. - .2 - The Contractor shall be responsible for Horticultural Soiltest and requirements for amendments to topsoil as required by the Contract Documents or conditions at the Place of the Work. 1.4 HORTICULTURAL SOIL TEST ... .1 .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .3 - ... ... - A Horticultural Soiltest shall be undertaken on samples from at least three (3) representative locations. The Horticultural Soiltest results shall indicate the following properties of the soil: Permeability. Porosity. pH value. Soluble salt content. Organic content. Soil mixture fertility requirements. Test samples shall be made by a recognized horticultural testing laboratory (such as the University of Guelph). The costs for these tests are included in the Contract Price but are not covered by the cash allowance for Independent Inspection and Testing in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. .4 Submit copies of the test results to the Consultant for review in accordance with Section 01400 Quality Control. ... .5 - - - The test results shall indicate that the topsoil meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. Soil producing test results that do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall not be used in the Work, and shall be removed, replaced, and re-tested until such time as the test results indicate compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Such removal, replacement, and re-testing will not be considered changes in the Work. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 02910 TOPSOIL & FINISH GRADING Page 2 of 4 2. Products 2.1 TOPSOIL .1 Topsoil to be used for planting shall be a fertile, friable loam, containing a mixture of mineral particulates, micro organisms, and organic matter that provides a suitable medium for supporting intended plant growth and meeting the following requirements: .1 Soil texture: based on The Canadian System of Soil Classification, to consist of 30% sand, 45% silt, 20% clay, and contain no less than 5% organic matter by weight. .2 Fertility: major soil nutrients shall be present in the following ratios: .1 Nitrogen (N): 20 to 40 micrograms of available nitrogen per gram of topsoil. .2 Phosphorous (P): 10 to 20 micrograms of phosphate per gram of topsoil. .3 Potassium (K): 80 to 120 micrograms of potash per gram of topsoil. .4 Calcium, magnesium, sulfur, and micro-nutrients present in balanced ratios to support germination and establishment of intended vegetation. .3 pH value: 6.0 to 7.0. .4 Contain no toxic elements or growth inhibiting materials. .5 Free from debris and stones over 25 mm in diameter, course vegetative material 10 mm in diameter and 100 mm in length occupying more than 2% of solid volume, and any admixture of subsoil or clay lumps. .6 Consistency: friable when moist. .7 Permeability: to permit the passage of water at not less than 12 mm per hour, and not more than 40 mm per hour. .8 Porosity: to contain a minimum total pore space of 33%, non-capillary pore space of 12% to 18%, and capillary pore space of 15% to 21%. .9 Planting mixture for the plant beds and pits shall be a well-blended mixture of four (4) parts topsoil, one (1) part peatmoss, with bonemeal and fertilizer amendments as required by the Horticultural Soiltest. Topsoil to be used for planting may be available at the Place of the Work. In the event that the quality and/or quantity of existing topsoil available at the Place of the Work is not sufficient to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, provide additional topsoil, hauled to the Place of the Work, tested and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Such provision, hauling, testing, and placement will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. .2 2.2 SOIL AMENDMENTS .1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .2 .3 .1 .2 .4 .5 Peatmoss: Derived from partially decomposed species of Sphagnum Mosses. Elastic and homogeneous, brown in colour. Free of wood and deleterious material that could prohibit growth. Shredded particle minimum size: 6 mm. pH value of not less than 4.5 and not greater than 6.0. Sand: washed course silica sand, medium to coarse textured. Limestone: Ground agricultural limestone containing a minimum calcium carbonate equivalent of 85%. Gradation requirements: percentage passing by weight, 90% passing 1.0 mm sieve, 50% passing 0.125 mm sieve. Fertilizer: complete, commercial, slow release with 35% soluble nitrogen and 50% of the elements derived from organic sources. Bone meal: raw bonemeal, finely ground with a minimum analysis of 4% nitrogen, 20% Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. lIIIII lIIIII .. .... ... III .;.~ .. ... , , .. ... .. ... ... III .. 11IIII .. III ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02910 TOPSOIL & FINISH GRADING Page 3 of 4 ... ... phosphoric acid. ... 3. 3.1 Execution STRIPPING OF TOPSOIL .1 Do not handle topsoil while in wet or frozen condition or in any manner in which soil structure is adversely affected. ... .2 Commence topsoil stripping of areas indicated or required for the Work after areas have been cleared and grubbed in accordance with Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling. ... .3 Strip topsoil to depths indicated, required, or directed by the Consultant. Avoid mixing topsoil with subsoil. ... .4 Stockpile in locations to approval of Consultant, to heights not exceeding 2000 mm. .5 Protect stockpiles from contamination and compaction. ... 3.2 PREPARATION OF EXISTING GRADE ... .1 Prior to placing of topsoil, undertake the following with regard to the subsoil or subgrade: .1 Verify that rough grades are correct. If discrepancies occur, notify the Consultant in writing. Correct grades expeditiously. Such correction will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. .2 Grade soil, eliminating uneven areas and low spots, ensuring positive drainage. .3 Remove debris, roots, branches, stones in excess of 50 mm in diameter, and other deleterious materials. Remove soil contaminated with calcium chloride, toxic materials, and petroleum products. Remove debris that protrudes above the surface. Dispose of removed materials away from the Place of the Work. .4 Course cultivate entire area to receive topsoil. The subsoil/existing grade shall be disced or rototilled to depth of 100 mm. Cross-cultivate those areas where equipment used for hauling and spreading has compacted soil. ... ... ... 3.3 PLACING AND SPREADING OF TOPSOIUPLANTING SOIL .1 Place topsoil after Consultant has reviewed subgrade. ... ... .2 Spread topsoil in uniform layers of not less than 100 mm and not exceeding 150 mm, over unfrozen subgrade free of standing water. Areas defined in the Contract Documents as planting beds shall have a minimum depth of 300 mm. .3 For sodded areas, keep topsoil 15 mm below finished grade. .4 Spread topsoil to following minimum depths after settlement and a minimum compaction of 90 MPD: .1 150 mm for seeded areas. .2 135 mm for sodded areas. .3 500 mm for shrub beds. ... ... .5 Manually spread topsoil/planting soil around trees, shrubs and obstacles. - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 02910 TOPSOIL & FINISH GRADING Page 4 of 4 w;j ... 3.4 FINISH GRADING .1 Grade to eliminate rough spots and low areas and ensure positive drainage. Prepare loose friable bed by means of cultivation and subsequent raking. Consolidate topsoil to required bulk density using equipment approved by Consultant. Leave surfaces smooth, uniform, and firm against deep footprinting. All areas shall be given a uniform slope between finished grades indicated or established grades. All edges of slopes shall be evenly rounded to create a natural transition between adjacent levels. Blend topsoil levels smoothly between sodded and seeded areas. ... ... .2 .. .3 3.5 ACCEPTANCE .1 III Contractor shall arrange for a recognized horticultural testing laboratory to test topsoil in place to determine acceptability of material, depth of topsoil, and finish grading. Approval of topsoil material subject to soil testing and analysis. .2 III 3.6 RESTORATION OF STOCKPILE SITES .1 Restore stockpile sites to a state acceptable to the Consultant. - 3.7 SURPLUS MATERIAL .1 Surplus material to be disposed of away from the Place of the Work. ... END OF SECTION .. - IIllII i ... ... - ... lIlIIi .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02920 SOD Page 1 of 3 ... ... 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS ... .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Req uirements. .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. ... 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ... .1 Section 02910 Topsoil and Finish Grading 1.3 SCHEDULING ... .1 Schedule sod laying to coincide with preparation of soil surface. 1.4 FERTILIZING PROGRAM - .1 Fertilize during establishment. .2 Prepare fertilizing program and submit to the Consultant for review prior to commencement of the work of this section. Submit in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. ... 2. Products ... 2.1 MATERIALS ... .1 Number One Turfgrass Nursery Sod: .1 Sod that has been specially sown and cultivated in nursery fields as turfgrass crop. .2 Type: Number One Kentucky Bluegrass Sod - Fescue Sod: nursery grown solely from seed mixture of cultivars of Kentucky Bluegrass and Creeping Red Fescue, containing not less than 60% Kentucky Bluegrass cultivars and 40% Creeping Red Fescue cultivar. .3 Quality: .1 Not more than 2 broad leaf weeds or 10 other weeds per 50 square metres. .2 Density of sod sufficient so that no soil is visible from height of 1500 mm when mown to height of 30 mm. .3 Soil portion of sod: 9 mm to 15 mm in thickness. Sod establishment support if required for slopes on drainage swales: wooden pegs, 17 mm x 8 mm x 250 mm. .. ... .2 .. .3 Fertilizer: complete, commercial, slow release, with 65% of nitrogen content in water-insoluble form, and 50% of the element derived from organic sources, and in accordance with the Canada Fertilizer Act and Regulations. ... .. 3. Execution - 3.1 PREPARATION .1 Fine grade surface in accordance with Section 02910 Topsoil and Finish Grading. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 02920 SOD Page 2 of 3 3.2 .2 Do not perform work under adverse field conditions such as frozen soil, excessively wet or dry soil, or soil covered with snow, ice, or standing water. .3 Remove and dispose of away from the Place of the Work weeds, debris, stones 50 mm in diameter and larger, soil contaminated by oil, gasoline, and other deleterious materials. .4 Cultivate fine grade approved by the Consultant to a depth of 25 mm immediately prior to sodding. Sod shall be cut with a mechanical sod cutter and rolled and folded for delivery to the Place of the Work in such a manner that tearing or breakage of the root mass is prevented. Torn or otherwise damaged sod shall be rejected. .5 SOD PLACEMENT .1 Lay sod within 36 hours of being lifted/cut at the sod farm. .2 Lay sod sections in rows, longitudinally, along contours of slopes, with joints staggered. Butt sections closely without overlapping or leaving gaps between sections. Cut out irregular or thin sections with sharp implements. .3 All sodded areas shall be rolled with a medium weight roller (72 kPa) upon laying to ensure good contact between the soil and sod roots. After rolling, the areas shall be checked for depressions, lumps, and other irregularities. All sodded areas shall be watered immediately after rolling with a spray sufficient to penetrate the soil below 50 mm. All sodded areas shall be maintained and watered as required to ensure growth until occupancy of the building by the Owner. .5 Peg sod on slopes steeper than 3 horizontal to 1 vertical, within 1000 mm of catchbasins, and within 1000 mm of drainage channels and ditches, and as follows: .1 Install and secure geotextile fabric in areas as required. .2 Start laying sod at bottom of slopes. .3 100 mm below top edge at 200 mm on centre for first sod sections along contours of slopes. .4 Not less than 9 pegs per square metre. .5 Drive pegs to 10 mm above soil surface of sod sections. .4 3.3 MAINTENANCE DURING ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD 3.4 .1 Perform the following operations from time of installation until acceptance: .1 Water sodded areas in sufficient quantity and at frequency required to maintain optimum soil moisture conditions to depth of 75 mm to 100 mm. .2 Cut grass to 40 mm when it reaches height of 60 mm. Remove heavy clippings from the Place of the Work. .3 Maintain sodded areas weed free. .4 Fertilize sodded areas in accordance with fertilizing program. Spread half of required amount of fertilizer in one direction and remainder at right angles and water-in well. ACCEPTANCE ."" III .. ... .. IlIli ... IlIli .. MIl MIl ... ... ... -i ... .1 Sodded areas will be accepted by the Consultant provided that: .1 Sodded areas are properly established. .. .2 Sod is free of bare and dead spots and is without weeds. .3 No surface soil is visible from a height of 1500 mm when grass has been cut to height of 30 mm. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 02920 SOD Page 3 of 3 - .4 Sodded areas, have been cut minimum of two (2) times, and within 24 hours prior to acceptance. Fertilizing in accordance with fertilizing program has been carried our at least once. - .5 END OF SECTION ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... - - - ... - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - ... - - ... ... - - ... - - - - ... - - ... - - - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04051 MASONRY PROCEDURES Page 1 of 5 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout .2 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories .4 Section 04211 Face Brick and Stone Masonry Units .5 Section 04220 Concrete Masonry Units .6 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications .7 Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing .8 Section 07212 Rigid Insulation .9 Section 07260 Sheet Vapour Barriers .10 Section 07272 Air Barriers .11 Section 07900 Joint Sealers 1.3 SAMPLES .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .2 Submit samples as follows: .1 Two of each type of masonry unit specified. .2 One of each type of masonry accessory specified. .3 One of each type of masonry reinforcement, tie and connector proposed for use. 1.4 JOB MOCK-UP .1 Construct mock-up panel for each type of masonry wall construction 1200 mm x 1800 mm showing masonry colours and textures, use of reinforcement, ties, through-wall flashing, weep holes, jointing, coursing, mortar colour and workmanship. .2 Construct mock-up where directed. .3 Allow 24 hours for review of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with work. .4 When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard for this work. Mock-up may remain as part of finished work subject to the approval of the Consultant. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 04051 MASONRY PROCEDURES Page 2 of 5 .... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition III 1.5 .5 Mock-up of foundation wall not required. IIIIIIl DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver materials to job site in dry condition. .2 Keep materials dry until required for installation. .3 IIIiIi Store under waterproof cover on pallets or plank platforms held off ground by means of planks or timber skids. IIIIIIl .1 1.6 SPECIAL PROTECTION .2 .3 .4 Cover tops of masonry walls with well secured, waterproof material while work is not in progress and until satisfactorily protected by structure. Protect finished work at corners, sills, projections and other areas likely to be damaged. Do not remove until completion. III .. Special care must be taken to keep air space in wall construction free from mortar droppings. Trowel flat any mortar fins on the inner faces of each wythe to avoid mortar bridges. .. Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until structure provides permanent lateral support. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS III .1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .2 .1 .2 .3 2. Products Cold weather requirements: to 5.15.2 of CAN/CSA-A371 supplemented as follows: Maintain temperature of mortar between 50C and 500C until batch is used. When outside temperature is below, or likely to go below SOC, the temperature of materials and surrounding air shall be heated to maintain SOC, or better, during laying and for 72 hours thereafter. Build masonry in enclosures, heated by approved smokeless means, when temperature drops below OOC. Masonry units and mortar shall be completely free from ice and frost. Do not use scorched sand. Do not add salts to lower the freezing point. .. IIIIi IIIIi Hot weather requirements: Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly, by means of waterproof, non-staining coverings. When temperatures exceed 320C, mortar spreading to be limited to 1200 mm and set units within 1 minute. Keep masonry dry using waterproof, non-staining coverings that extend over walls and down sides sufficient to protect walls from wind driven rain, until masonry work is completed and protected by flashings or other permanent construction. .. .. .. 2.1 MATERIALS .. .1 Masonry materials are specified in related sections indicated in Article 1.2 of this section. 2.2 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS .. .1 Ensure that masonry units, where exposed, are uniform in size, free from perceptible warp or twist, without chipped, ragged, or broken edges, with uniform surface texture free from cracks .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04051 MASONRY PROCEDURES Page 3 of 5 - - - and blemishes or defects detrimental to appearance or performance, suitable for paint finish where requiredlindicated. .2 Units shall be cured at least 38 days before delivery. Moisture content at time of delivery not to exceed 30% of total absorption. Provide all necessary special units as required. Solid units shall be cast solid. - 3.1 3. Execution INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP - - ... - - - ... - ... - .1 Do masonry work in accordance with CAN/CSA-A371 except where specified otherwise. .2 Lay work from face sides, with coursing level, built square, plumb, level, and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment. Check work regularly with graduated rod. Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights, and continuity of bond above and below openings, with minimum of cutting. Ensure the course of block immediately below wood joists, and where noted on structural drawings, is solid block. .5 Height of block partitions to be as indicated on the drawings. .3 .4 .6 Form external corners of block with bullnosed edges. .7 Lay first course of interior walls in a full bed of mortar. Face shell mortar bedding may be used for interior block, non-bearing partitions. Full mortar bedding shall be used for all other masonry work. Use full head mortar joints for vertical joints. Install cavity wall insulation and perimeter insulation in accordance with Section 07212 Rigid Insulation .8 Install throughwall membrane as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing and according to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. .10 Do not lay more than 1500 mm in height of any wall in anyone working day. No part shall be raised more than 600 mm above remainder at anyone time. .9 .11 Do not shift or tap brick after mortar has taken initial set. .12 Bond adjoining bearing masonry walls of 200 mm thickness or greater with toothing courses where possible. Use metal anchors (in accordance with Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors) where it is not possible to tooth or for tying non-bearing partitions to bearing walls. Provide anchors every second course. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION ... - - .1 Exposed masonry .1 Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units. .2 Use chipped or blemished units only where concealed. Defective or broken units shall be rejected where visible. .3 Take special care to prevent mortar or other substances from staining exposed masonry faces. Remove any mortar before it sets hard. Unsatisfactory masonry is to be removed and replaced at the Consultant's direction. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 04051 MASONRY PROCEDURES Page 4 of 5 .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .4 .1 .2 .3 .5 .1 .2 .6 .1 .2 .3 .7 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - Jointing Joints shall be uniform in size, tooled to match using non-staining pointing tool. Where concave joints are indicated, allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then tool with round jointer to provide smooth joints, true to line, compressed, and uniformly concave. Where raked joints are indicated, allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then rake joints uniformly to 6 mm depth and compress with square tool to provide smooth, compressed, raked joints of uniform depth. Strike flush all joints concealed in walls and joints in walls to receive plaster, tile, insulation, or other applied material (except paint or similar thin finish coating), and below grade. Joint dimensions for blockwork shall be such to provide 1 course equal to 200 mm. .. .. III Cutting Lay work out to minimize cutting of units. Do all cutting, patching and fitting reasonably required by work of other trades. Work shall be accurately and neatly executed and joints filled with mortar. Cut out for electrical switches, outlet boxes, and other recessed or built-in objects. Make cuts straight, clean, and free from uneven edges. Cope or cut with power driven abrasive cutting disc, exposed units to accommodate flush mounted electrical outlets, grilles, pipes, and the like, leaving 3 mm maximum clearance. III III III Building-In Carefully examine the drawings for heating, plumbing, ventilation, electrical and structural work. Set and/or build-in lintels, beams, miscellaneous metal items and manufactured specialties, boxes, recessed fittings and fixtures, access panels and other items indicated, specified or required to be built in masonry work as provided by other Sections. Conceal pipe conduits and ducts except where otherwise indicated. Prevent displacement of built-in items during construction. Check plumb, location and alignment frequently, as work progresses. Brace door jambs to maintain plumb. Fill spaces between jambs and masonry with mortar. . . ... Wetting of bricks Except in cold weather, wet bricks having an initial rate of absorption exceeding 1 g/minute/1000 mm2: wet to uniform degree of saturation, 3 to 24 hours before laying, and do not lay until surface dry. Wet tops of walls built of bricks qualifying for wetting, when recommencing work on such walls. .. Support of loads Use concrete as indicated on Structural Drawings, where concrete fill is used in lieu of solid units. Use grout to CAN/CSA-A 179M where grout is used in lieu of solid units. Install building paper or expanded galvanized metal mesh below voids to be filled with concrete or grout; keep paper 25 mm back from faces of units. III .. Provision for movement Leave 3 mm space below shelf angles. Leave 25 mm space between top of non-load bearing walls and partitions and structural elements. Do not use wedges. Provide lateral support at tops of all partitions unless partitions are constructed with return walls at a maximum spacing of 36 x wall thickness. Built masonry to tie to masonry backing every 800 mm on centre horizontally and every 400 mm on centre vertically. Built masonry to tie to metal or wood frame construction every 800 mm on centre horizontally and every 600 mm on centre vertically. ... llIi llIi III Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04051 MASONRY PROCEDURES Page 5 of 5 ... .. - - .. .. .. ... ... .. ... ... .. .. ... - - .8 Loose steel lintels .1 Install loose steel lintels. .2 Centre over opening width. 4. .1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .2 .1 .2 .3 Joints Provide control joints in masonry walls at locations as indicated, or at 6000 mm on centre maximum. Provide control joints at all locations where block walls supported on a slab-on-grade connect to block walls supported by foundations. Ensure that wire ties are continuous through control joints. Control joints shall consist of a complete vertical separation through the wall approximately the width of a mortar joint. Where wall is exposed, rake back vertical joint 13 mm for sealant application in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. Expansion joints: build-in continuous expansion joints as indicated. Masonry Reinforcement Reinforce walls where thickness is reduced by a chase, with a 1200mm length of reinforcing mesh placed on centre of chase in horizontal joint at 400 mm on centre vertically. Reinforce interior block walls with reinforcing mesh in every third course vertically and in exterior masonry walls every second block course vertically. Lap joints 150mm minimum and wire tie together. Site Tolerances: Tolerances in notes to Clause 5.3 of CAN/CSA-A371 apply. .4 Pointing .1 Inspect masonry throughout and point or repoint as required, filling all holes, raking out loose mortar and repainting joints to make a complete, neat, weathertight job, without defects in joints. On completion, replace all broken or defaced masonry units as directed by the Consultant. 4.2 CLEANING .1 .2 .3 At completion, protect windows, sills, doors, trim, and other work, and thoroughly clean brick masonry, stone facing and face block. Remove large particles with wood paddles without damaging surface. Saturate masonry with clean water and flush off loose mortar and dirt. Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces of brick, stone facing and face block, starting at the top of the walls and cleaning down, uniformly to the base with Sure-Klean 600 detergent in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and to the Consultanfs approval. .4 Repeat cleaning process as often as necessary to remove mortar and all other stains. .5 .6 .7 Use acid solution treatment for difficult to clean masonry as described in Technical Note No. 20, published by the Brick Institute of America, as revised in November 1990. Do not clean while there is the possibility of frost. Take care not to damage the work of other trades or adjacent materials. END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04060 MORTAR & MASONRY GROUT Page 1 of 2 - .. 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. ... ... .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. .. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ... .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures .2 Section 04220 Concrete Masonry Units .3 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .. 1.3 SAMPLES .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .. .2 Submit mortar selection chart for review and selection by Consultant. 1.4 JOB MOCK-UP .1 Refer to Section 04051 Masonry Procedures for requirements for mock-up panel. ... 2. Products ... 2.1 - - ... .. .7 ... .8 .9 ... 2.2 MIXES - MATERIALS .1 Use same brands of materials and source of aggregate for entire project. .2 Mortar and grout to CAN/CSA-A 179M. .3 Cement: to CSA A5-98, Normal Portland, Type 10 white. Masonry cement to CSA-A8, Type N. Hydrated lime to ASTM-C207, Type S. Shall be a pressure-hydrated dolomitic lime, provided not less than 92% of all the active ingredients are completely hydrated. .6 Mortar aggregate: passing 1.18 mm sieve where 6 mm thick joints are indicated. Aggregate to be clean, sharp, hard, durable granular natural sand particles ranging from fine to course, free from deleterious substances, conforming to CSA-A 179. .4 .5 Grout coarse aggregate: to CAN/CSA-A179M, maximum 10 mm size, 27% by volume. Grout fine aggregate: to CAN/CSA-A179M, clean, well graded, sharp sand, 54% by volume. Colour: ground coloured natural aggregates or metallic oxide pigments to match brick and face block. .1 Loadbearing concrete masonry units: Type S to CAN/CSA-A179M, proportion specification Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 04060 MORTAR & MASONRY GROUT Page 2 of 2 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition method. .2 Non-Ioadbearing interior concrete masonry units: Type N to CAN/CSA-A 179M, proportion specification method. All exterior brick masonry units: use only 1.1.6 prepackaged Portland cement, hydrated lime and sand and colouring meeting property specification CSA A 179-94. .4 White mortar: use white Portland cement, and lime to produce mortar type specified. .3 .5 Coloured mortar: use colouring admixture not exceeding 10% of cement content by mass, or integrally coloured masonry cement, to produce coloured mortar to match approved sample. Incorporate colour into mixes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .6 Use clean mixer for coloured mortar. .7 Non-staining mortar: use non-staining masonry cement for cementitious portion of specified mortar type .8 Parging mortar: Type N to CSA A179. .9 Pointing mortar: Prehydrate pointing mortar by mixing ingredients dry, then mix again adding just enough water to produce damp unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into ball. Allow to stand for not less than 1 hour nor more than 2 hours then remix with sufficient water to produce mortar of proper consistency for pointing. Grout: for reinforced cores, bond beams, and masonry lintels, to minimum compressive strength of 20 MPa at 28 days, 200 mm slump, mixed to requirements of CAN/CSA-A 179, fine grout. .10 3.1 3. Execution CONSTRUCTION 3.2 MIXING .2 .3 .1 Do masonry mortar work in accordance with CSA A 179 except where specified otherwise. .2 .3 Do grout work as specified on the structural drawings. Preheat mortar materials and mortar boards: maximum temperature of 490C, minimum temperature of 21 oC. Protect mortar from frost. Do not use scorched sand. Do not add salts to lower the freezing point. .4 Apply parging in uniform coating not less than total 6 mm thick, where indicated. .1 A thoroughly experienced, reliable and competent person shall be placed in charge of all mortar mixing. Mix in watertight, mechanical mixers. Measure ingredients accurately by volume. Place approximately 75% of water required in mixer, add half volume of sand, add water as required for plasticity, operate mixer at least 4 minutes or until all materials are homogeneously blended, then dump. Clean mixer after each batch. No cement shall be used which has absorbed moisture to the extent of making it lumpy or granulated when dry before used. END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 11IIII III .. ... .. , .. ~ 11IIII .. .. IlIlI III ... lIIIIIi .... .. .. 1 .. tIIli - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04080 MASONRY REINFORCEMENT & CONNECTORS Page 1 of 2 - - 1. General . .1 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .2 - Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Grout for Masonry .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories - - 1.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL .1 Upon request, provide Consultant with certified copy of mill test report of reinforcement steel and connectors, showing physical and chemical analysis. .. .2 .3 All connectors to be certified to meet requirements of CAN/CSA-A370 Connectors for Masonry. Upon request, inform Consultant of proposed source of material to be supplied. - 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS ... .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .2 Shop drawings consist of bar bending details, lists and placing drawings. .3 - 2. Products - On placing drawings, indicate sizes, spacing, location and quantities of reinforcement and connectors. 2.1 MATERIALS Bar reinforcement: as specified or indicated. - .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .1 .2 .3 - ... - - Steel sheet: 1.61 mm thick conforming to ASTM A570, hot dipped galvanized. Steel wire: to be cold drawn steel to requirements of ASTM A82 and CSA G30.3 for tensile strength, hot dipped galvanized, extra heavy duty, 4.76 mm diameter. Reinforcing mesh and ties: to CAN/CSA-A370. Acceptable materials: For masonry cavity walls: adjustable tie BL42 SYSTEM 2000 by Blok-Lok Limited to widths required. For masonry veneer to frame construction: Pac-Tie Plate Adjustable Connector Tie System by Fero, to widths required. For block walls (including foundation walls): Block-Trus BL30 by Blok-Lok Limited to widths required. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 04080 MASONRY REINFORCEMENT & CONNECTORS Page 2 of 2 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition iii .. 2.2 FABRICATION .1 Fabricate reinforcing as indicated and in accordance with Section 05123 Structural Steel and Open Web Steel Joists. ... .2 Obtain Consultanfs approval for locations of reinforcement splices other than shown on placing drawinqs. .. 3. Execution ... 3.1 REINFORCEMENT .1 Do masonry reinforcement as specified and indicated. IIIiI .2 Prior to placing concrete/mortar/grout, obtain Consultanfs approval of placement of reinforcement and connectors. .3 Do additional reinforcement of masonry as indicated. ... 3.2 BONDING AND TYING .1 Bond walls of two or more wythes as specified in Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. IIlI .2 Tie masonry veneer to backing as specified in Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. ... 3.3 REINFORCED LINTELS AND BOND BEAMS .1 Reinforce masonry lintels and bond beams as indicated and in accordance with Section 05123 Structural Steel and Open Web Steel Joists. .. .2 Place and grout reinforcement as indicated. 3.4 GROUTING lIIlIiI .1 Grout masonry as indicated. 3.5 FIELD TOUCH-UP .. .1 Touch up damaged and cut ends of epoxy coated or galvanized reinforcement steel and connectors with compatible finish to provide continuous coating. JIll END OF SECTION .. lIIlIiI .. .. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04090 MASONRY ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 2 - ... 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS General .. .1 .2 - Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Product specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. .. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout. .3 Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing .4 Section 07620 Metal Flashing and Trim 2. Products ... .. 2.1 MATERIALS III .1 .2 III .3 III .4 .5 ... .6 - Damp Proof Course: in accordance with Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing. Throughwall membrane: in accordance with Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing. Lap adhesive: recommended by throughwall membrane manufacturer. Weep hole vents for cavity and veneer wall construction: purpose made cavity weeper vents as manufactured by Goodco Ltd. Control joint backing material: compatible with primers, sealants, outsized 30%, polyethylene, urethane, neoprene, or vinyl, extruded cell foam, Shore A, hardness 20, tensile strength 20-30 psi. Control joint sealant: Type 5 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .. 3.1 3. Execution INSTALLATION .. - - 3.2 - .1 Install continuous control joint fillers in control joints at locations indicated. .2 Install weep hole vents in vertical joints immediately over flashings, in exterior wythes of cavity wall and masonry veneer wall construction, at maximum horizontal spacing of 600 mm on centre. Install vents at top of masonry veneer wall construction at maximum horizontal spacing of 600 mm on centre. .3 Ensure that weep hole vents are kept free of mortar. CONSTRUCTION .1 Install damp proof course and through-wall membrane flashing in masonry in accordance with Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing, and as indicated. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 04090 MASONRY ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 2 END OF SECTION February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ... ,~ .. .. ~. ... III ") .. J .. ... III ~ .. ~ ... .. ... .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. .. .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04211 FACE BRICK & STONE MASONRY UNITS Page 1 of 1 - - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS ... .1 Comply with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. ... 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .. .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories .4 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors 2. Products - .. 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS .. .1 To match existing. Consultant to advise by Addendum. - 3. Execution 3.1 INSTALLATION ... .1 Install brick unit masonry in accordance with Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .2 Clean unglazed brick masonry units as work progresses. ... 3.2 CLEANING .1 Follow procedures for cleaning in accordance with Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. - END OF SECTION ... ... ... - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - - October 31, 2005 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS Paae 1 of 1 - - 1. General ... .1 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .2 - Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. ... .1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. 1~ REFERENCE STANDARDS - .1 CSA A165 Series 94 Standard on Concrete Masonry Units 2. Products - 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Foundation walls below grade to be normal weight autoclaved block of 100% expanded slag, to CSA-A165.1 and as follows: .1 Classification: H / 15/ A / M. .2 Concrete Type S or N in accordance with aBC. .3 Size: metric modular. - - .2 Elsewhere, to be lightweight autoclaved block of 100% expanded slag, to CSA-A165.1 and as follows: .1 Classifications: .1 H/15/D/M. .2 Sc /15/ D / M: 100% solid. .3 S/15/D/M: 75% solid. Concrete types: .1 Except at fire separations, concrete Type S or N in accordance with aBC. .2 Fire separations shall be as indicated and shall be concrete Type L2 20S in accordance with aBC. Size: metric modular. Acceptable material: Ultra Lite concrete masonry unit as manufactured by Richvale York Block Inc. or equivalent Class D ultra lightweight block. - - .2 - .3 .4 - 3. Execution - 3.1 INSTAllATION .1 Install concrete masonry units in accordance with Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. - 3.2 CLEANING .1 - .2 - Allow mortar droppings on masonry to partially dry then remove by means of trowel followed by rubbing lightly with small piece of block and finally by brushing. Follow procedures for cleaning in accordance with Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - ... February 22, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Paae 1 of 6 - 1. General - 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .. .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. .2 - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .... .1 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications .2 Section 07900 Joint Sealers - .3 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames .4 Section 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames - 1.3 SAMPLES - .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .2 Samples required: .1 Two (2) of each type of masonry unit specified or indicated. .2 One (1) of each type of masonry accessory specified or indicated. .3 One (1) of each type of masonry reinforcement, tie, and connector specified, indicated, or proposed for use. .4 Mortar selection chart for review and selection by the Consultant. - .. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS .. .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .2 Shop drawings to consist of bar bending details, lists, and placing drawings for masonry reinforcement. - .3 On placing drawings, indicate sizes, spacing, location, and quantities of reinforcement and connectors. .. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver materials to the Place of the Work in a dry condition and keep materials dry until use. - .2 Store under waterproof cover on pallets or plan platforms held off the ground be means of plank or timber skids. 1.6 PROTECTION - - .1 Protect unfinished work at corners, sills, projections, and other areas likely to be damaged. Do not remove until completion. .2 Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until structure provides permanent lateral support. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Page 2 of 6 2. 2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS .1 Cold weather requirements: supplement clause 5.15.2 of CAN/CSA-A371 with the following: .1 Maintain temperature of mortar between 50C and 500C until batch is used. .2 When outside temperature us below, or likely to go below, 50C, the temperature of materials and surrounding air shall be heated to maintain 50C or better during laying and for 72 hours thereafter. Submit for review by the Consultant, method to be used for protecting masonry against low temperatures. .3 Build masonry in enclosures, heated by smokeless means, when temperature drops below 0 oC. .4 Masonry units and mortar shall be completely free from ice and frost. Do not use scorched sand. Do not add salts to lower the freezing point. .2 Hot weather requirements: .1 Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly by means of waterproof, non-staining coverings. .2 When temperature exceeds 320C, mortar spreading to be limited to 1200 mm and set units within 1 minute. 3. Products 3.1 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT .1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 Materials. Use same brand of materials and source of aggregate for all of the work of this section. Mortar and grout: to CAN/CSA-A179M. Cement: to CAN/CSA-A5, Type 10 Normal Portland cement, white. Masonry cement: to CAN/CSA-A8, Type N. Hydrated lime: to ASTM C207, Type S. Mortar aggregate: passing 1.18 mm sieve where 6 mm thick joints are indicated. Aggregate to be clean, sharp, hard, durable granular natural sand particles ranging from fine to coarse, free from deleterious substances, conforming to CAN/CSA-A 179M. Grout coarse aggregate: to CAN/CSA-A179M, maximum 10 mm size, 27% by volume. Grout fine aggregate: to CAN/CSA-A 179, clean, well graded, sharp sand, 54% by volume. Colour to be ground coloured natural aggregates or metallic oxide pigments to match masonry unit. Mixes. Load bearing masonry units: to CAN/CSA-A 179 ,Type S, proportion specification method. Non-load bearing masonry units: to CAN/CSA-A179, Type N, proportion specification method. White mortar: use white Portland cement and lime to produce mortar type specified. Coloured mortar: use colouring admixture not exceeding 10% of cement content by mass, or integrally coloured masonry cement, to produce mortar to match approved sample. Incorporate colour into mixes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions using a clean mixer. .5 Non-staining mortar: use non-staining masonry cement for cementitious part of specified mortar type. .6 Parging mortar: to CAN/CSA-A 179, Type N. .7 Pointing mortar: pre-hydrate pointing mortar by mixing ingredients dry, then mix again adding just enough water to produce damp unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Allow to stand for not less than one (1) hour nor more than two (2) hours, then remix with sufficient water to produce mortar of proper consistency for pointing. .8 Grout: for reinforced cores, bond beams, and masonry lintels, to minimum compressive Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. '~ .. ... ... .. .. iii .. IIIi ... lIIIIIiI i III 4lIIIIII .. .. ... iii .. III .. February 22, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Paae 3 of 6 - - strength of 20 MPa at 28 days, 200 mm slump, mixed to requirements of CAN/CSA-A 179, fine grout. 3.2 REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS Bar reinforcement: as indicated. ... .1 .2 Steel sheet: to ASTM A570, hot dipped galvanized, 1.61 mm thick. - .3 ... .4 .5 Acceptable materials: Block-Trus BL30, by Blok-Lok Limited, to widths required. Steel wire: cold drawn steel to ASTM A82 and CSA-G30.3 for tensile strength, hot dipped galvanized, extra heavy duty, 4.76 mm diameter. Reinforcing mesh, ties, and connectors: to CAN/CSA-A370. .1 ACCESSORIES - 3.3 - Control joint backing material: compatible with primers, sealants, outsized 30%, polyethylene, urethane, neoprene, or vinyl, extruded cell foam, Shore A, hardness 20, tensile strength 138- 206 kPa (20-30 psi). .2 Control joint sealant: Type 1 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. - 3.4 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS .1 Lightweight autoclaved block of 100% expanded slag, to CAN/CSA-A 165.1. - .2 Classifications: .1 H/15/D/M. .2 Sc /15/0/ M (100% solid). .3 S /15/0/ M (75% solid). - - .3 .4 .5 .1 .2 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 - .. - - - - Size: metric modular. Special shapes: Provide bull-nosed units for exposed corners. Provide purpose-made shapes for lintels and bond beams. Provide additional special shapes as indicated or required. Concrete types: Except at fire separations: concrete Type S or N in accordance with OBC. At fire separations: concrete Type L2 205 in accordance with OBC. Acceptable material: Ultra Lite concrete masonry unit, as manufactured by Richvale York Block Inc. Units to be cured at least 38 days prior to delivery to the Place of the Work. Moisture content at time of delivery not to exceed 30% of total absorption. Solid units to be cast solid. Ensure units, where exposed, are uniform in size, free from perceptible warp or twist, without chipped, ragged, or broken edges, with uniform surface texture free from cracks and blemishes or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. suitable for paint finish where indicated or required. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Page 4 of 6 4. Execution 4.1 .. ... INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP ." .2 .1 Do masonry work in accordance with CAN/CSA-A371, except where specified otherwise. Lay work from face sides with coursing level, built square, plumb, and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment all as indicated. Check work regularly with graduated rod. Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights and continuity of bond above and below openings with a minimum of cutting. .4 Ensure the course of concrete masonry units immediately below joists and where indicated is of solid units. .3 .5 .6 .. III Lay first course of interior partitions in a full bed of mortar. Face shell mortar bedding may be used for interior concrete masonry unit and non-load bearing partitions. Full mortar bedding shall be used for all other masonry work. Use full head joints for vertical joints. Do not lay more that 1500 mm in height of any wall in anyone day. No part shall be raised more than 600 mm above remainder at anyone time. ... III 4.2 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT .. .8 Grouted components. .1 Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. .2 Remove excess mortar from grouted spaces. .3 Reinforce bond beams and pilasters as indicated. .4 Place and consolidate grout fill without disturbing reinforcing. .5 At bearing points, fill masonry with grout a minimum of 300 mm from opening. .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .1 .2 Do masonry mortar work in accordance with CAN/CSA-A 179M, except where specified otherwise. .. Prior to placing of mortar and masonry grout, obtain Consultant's approval of placement of masonry reinforcement and connectors. ... Provide additional reinforcement of masonry as indicated, required, or directed. Grout as indicated. .. Preheat mortar materials and mortar boards to a maximum temperature of 490C and a minimum temperature of 21 oC. Protect mortar from frost. Apply parging in uniform coating of not less than a total of 6 mm thick, where indicated. I .. Mixing. A thoroughly experienced, reliable, and competent person shall be placed in charge of all mortar mixing. Mix in watertight, mechanical mixers. Measure ingredients accurately by volume. Place approximately 75% of water required in mixer, and half volume of sand, add water as required for plasticity, operate mixer at least four (4) minutes or until all materials are homogeneously blended, then dump. .3 Clean mixer after each batch. .4 No cement shall be used which has absorbed moisture to the extent of making it lumpy or granulated when dry before use. III .. ... III if, .. 'IIi Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .. February 22, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Paae 5 of 6 - 4.3 CONSTRUCTION - .1 Exposed masonry. .1 Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units. .2 Use chipped or blemished units only where concealed. Defective or broken units shall be rejected where visible. .3 Take special care to prevent mortar or other substances from staining exposed masonry faces. Remove any mortar before it sets hard. Unsatisfactory masonry is to be removed and replaced and such reparatory work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. - - .... .2 Jointing. .1 Joints shall be uniform in size, tolled to match using non-staining pointing tool. .2 Concave joints: allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then tool with round jointer to provide smooth joints, true to line, compressed, and uniformly concave. - .3 Raked joints: allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then rake joints uniformly to 6 m depth and compress with square tool to provide smooth, compressed, raked joints of uniform depth. - .4 Strike flush all joints concealed in walls and joints in walls below grade, and walls to receive tile, insulation, or other applied material with the exception of thin finish coatings such as paint. .5 Joint dimensions concrete masonry unit walls to be such to provide one (1) course equal to ... 200 mm. .3 Cutting. .1 Lay work out to minimize cutting of units. - .2 All cutting, patching, and fitting reasonably required shall be accurately and neatly executed, and joints filled with mortar. .3 Make cuts straight, clean, and free from uneven edges. ... .4 Cope or cut with power driven abrasive cutting disc. .5 Exposed units to accommodate flush-mounted electrical outlets, grilles, pipes, and the like, leaving 3 mm maximum clearance. ... .4 Building-in. .1 Carefully examine the complete Contract Documents for heating, plumbing, ventilation, electrical, and structural work. .... .2 Set and/or build-in lintels, beams, metal fabrications, manufactured specialties, boxes, recessed fittings and fixtures, access panels, and other items specified or indicated in accordance with the requirements of the respective item's manufacturer. .3 Conceal pipe conduits and ducts except where specifically indicated or specified to the .. contrary. .4 Prevent displacement of built-in items during the course of the Work. Check plumb, location, and alignment frequently as Work progresses. .. .5 Brace door jambs to maintain plumb. Fill spaces between jambs and masonry with mortar. .5 Support of loads. .1 Use concrete as indicated where concrete fill is used instead of solid units. - .2 Use grout to CAN/CSA-A179M where grout is used instead of solid units. .3 Install building paper or expanded galvanized steel mesh below voids to be filled with concrete or grout. Keep paper 25 mm back from faces of units. ... Provision for movement. .6 .1 Leave 3 mm space below shelf angles. .2 Leave 25 mm space between top of non-load bearing walls and partitions and structural - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Page 6 of 6 .3 .4 .5 .7 .8 .1 .2 .3 elements. Do not use wedges. Provide lateral support at tops of all partitions unless partitions are constructed with return walls at a maximum spacing of 36 x wall thickness. Built masonry to tie to masonry backing every 800 mm on centre horizontally and every 400 mm on centre vertically. Built masonry to tie to metal or wood frame construction every 800 mm on centre horizontally and every 600 mm on centre vertically. Loose steel lintels: centre over opening width. Control joints. Provide control joints in locations indicated, or at 6000 mm on centre maximum. Provide control joints at all locations where masonry walls supported by slabs-on-grade connect to masonry wall supported by foundations. Control joints shall consist of a complete vertical separation through the wall approximately the width of a mortar joint. Where wall is exposed, rake back vertical joint 13 mm and seal in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .9 Expansion joints: build-in continuous expansion joints as indicated. .10 .1 .2 Masonry reinforcement. Reinforce walls where thickness is reduced by a chase, with a 1200 mm length of reinforcing mesh placed on centre of chase in horizontal joint at 400 mm on centre vertically. Reinforce interior partitions with reinforcing mesh in every third course vertically and in exterior walls every second course vertically. Lap joints 150 mm minimum and wire tie together. 4.4 SITE TOLERANCES .3 4.5 POINTING .1 Tolerances in notes to Clause 5.3 of CAN/CSA-A371 apply. .1 Inspect masonry throughout and point or repoint as required, filling all holes, raking-out loose mortar, and repointing to make a complete, neat, weathertight job, without defects in joints. 4.6 CLEANING .1 Upon completion of the work of this section, protect all windows, sills, doors, trim, and other work, and thoroughly clean all masonry. .1 Remove large particles with wood paddles without damaging surface. Saturate masonry with clean water and flush-off loose mortar and dirt. .2 Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces of masonry uniformly, starting at the tops of walls, using Sure-Klean 600 detergent in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and to the approval of the Consultant. .3 Repeat cleaning process as often as required to remove all mortar and all stains. .4 Use acid solution treatment for difficult to clean masonry as described in Technical Note No. 20, published by the Brick Institute of America, as revised in 1990, and in accordance with the masonry unit manufacturer's recommendations. .5 Do not clean while there is the possibility of frost. .6 Take care not to damage adjacent surfaces or materials. END OF SECTION .. .. .. .. till .. ~ .. 'i~ .. .. wi iii " III IIIIIi .. 11III ... 1IIIl Thomas Brown Architects Inc. III - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Paae 1 of 3 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - - - General .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. .3 The fabrications listed in this section shall not be considered to represent a complete list of all metal fabrications required for the Work. Thorough scrutiny of the complete Contract Documents shall be done to obtain a complete list of all metal fabrications, quantities, dimensions and finishes required for the Work. - 1.2 RELATED SECTION .1 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies - .2 Section 09900 Painting 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS .. - .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .2 Indicate materials, core thicknesses, finishes, connections, joints, method of anchorage, number of anchors, supports, reinforcement, details, and accessories. - 1.4 PROTECTION - 2. Products - .1 Cover exposed stainless steel surfaces with pressure sensitive heavy protection paper or apply strippable plastic coating, before shipping to the Place of the Work. .2 Leave protective covering in place until final cleaning at Substantial Performance of the Work. Provide instructions for removal of protective covering. 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Steel structural shapes, plates, bars, angles, dowels, and the like: to CAN/CSA-G40.21, Grade 300W. - - - - - .2 Steel, hollow structural sections (HSS): to CAN/CSA-G40.21, Grade 350W, Class H. .3 Steel sheet: cold rolled, stretcher leveled, fully pickled, to ASTM A366. .4 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53, standard weight, black finish. .5 Stainless steel: Type 304. .6 Welding materials: to CSA W59. .7 Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. .8 Bolts and anchorbolts: to ASTM A307. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. III 05500 METAL FABRICATION Page 2 of 3 .. .9 j) .. High strength bolts: to ASTM A325, including suitable nuts and plain hardened washers. .10 Anchors: where exposed to view, to match metal anchored. .11 Grout: non-shrink, non-metallic, flowable, 24h, 15 MPa, pull-out strength 7.9 MPa. .. 2.2 FABRICATION 2.3 FINISHES 2.4 .1 .. .2 Workmanship shall be the best grade of modern shop and field practice known to recognized manufacturers specializing in this work. Joints and intersecting members shall be accurately fitted, made in true planes, with adequate fastening. Build-in and erect work plumb, true, square, straight, level, accurate to dimensions and sizes indicated, free from distortion or defects detrimental, in the sole judgement of the Consultant, to appearance and/or performance. Use self-tapping shake-proof flat, round or oval headed screws on items requiring assembly by screws or as indicated. Iii .. .3 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work ready for erection. Where shop fabrication is not possible, make trial assembly in shop. Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush. Welding is to conform to the requirements of CSA W59 and to be done by a welder fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau to the requirements of CSA W47. 11III .. .4 .5 After fabrication, clean, scrape, and remove rust, mill scale, grease, or other extraneous material. .. .1 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanized with zinc coating of 600 g/m2 to CAN/CSA-G164. .. .2 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. .3 Finish paint: in accordance with Section 09900 Painting. . .4 Bituminous paint: to CAN/CGSB-1. 1 08. ISOLATION COATING .. .1 Insulate materials, where necessary, to prevent electrolysis due to metal to metal contact, or metal to masonry or concrete. Use bituminous paint. .. .1 2.5 SHOP PAINTING .2 .3 Apply one shop coat of primer to metal items, with the exception of Qalvanized or concrete encased items. Work paint into corners and open spaces and deliver to the Place of the Work with primer undamaged and in accordance with Section 09900 Painting. .. Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by the manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, or grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 7 deg C. lilt Clean surfaces to be field welded, do not paint. III .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Paae 3 of 3 - - 2.6 ANCHOR BOLTS - 2.7 - .1 Provide miscellaneous size steel anchor bolts as required for fastening blocking plates, and the like, as indicated. LINTELS .1 Provide all necessary loose steel angle lintel for masonry openings in sizes, locations, and finishes as indicated on the drawings. - 3.1 3. Execution ERECTION - - - - - .. .. 3.2 - - - - - .1 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59. .2 Erect metal fabrications square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and intersections. Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to the Consultant such as dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion bolts and shields, and toggles. Exposed fastening devices to match finish and be compatible with material through which they pass. .5 Provide components for building-in to the work of other sections in accordance with the reviewed shop drawings and schedules. .3 .4 .6 Make field connections with bolts to CAN/CSA-S16.1 or weld. .7 Hand items over for casting-in to concrete or building-in to masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. .8 Touch-up with primer rivets, field welds, bolts, and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection. .9 Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where burned by field welding. FASTENINGS .1 Provide all fastenings, anchors, and accessories required for fabrication and erection of the work of this section. .2 Exposed metal fastenings and accessories shall be of the same material, texture, colour, and finish as the base metal on which they occur. .3 Exposed fastenings shall be kept to a minimum, be evenly spaced, and neatly laid out. .4 Fastenings shall be of a permanent type. Wood pluqs shall not be permitted. END OF SECTION - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Paae 1 of 3 .. - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS ... .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ... .1 Section 07130 Sheet Waterproofing .2 Section 07260 Sheet Vapour Barrier - .3 Section 07213 Batt Insulation - 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Lumber identification to be by grade stamp of an agency certified by the Canadian Lumber Standards Association Board. - .2 Plywood identification to be by grade mark in accordance with the applicable CSA standard. 2. Products ... 2.1 LUMBER .. .1 All materials shall be straight, new, dry and clean, properly sized and shaped to correct dimensions from nominal sizes specified or indicated, and in accordance with CAN/CSA 0141. .. .2 Grades: to be in accordance with the NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. .3 Except where specified otherwise, lumber to be Spruce species, grade "No.2" Structural and Better, S4S, S-Dry. - .4 Furring, blocking, nailing strips, grounds, rough bucks, cants, curbs, fascia backing and sleepers: grade Std. & Btr., Light Framing. Studs: "Stud" grade, S4S, S-Dry. .5 - 2.2 PLYWOOD ... .1 DFP: 15 mm tongue and groove, Sheathing (SHG) grade, to CSA 0121. .2 Maximum moisture content at time of installation: 10% to 12%. ... 2.3 ACCESSORIES .. .1 Provide all fasteners and hardware required for a complete and proper installation, including all hardware as may be required for temporary enclosures and hoarding. .2 Nails, spikes, and staples: to CSA B111, galvanized for exterior work, interior humid areas, and for treated lumber. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - .. 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 2 of 3 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition .. .3 Screws: to ANSI B18.6.1. iii .4 Bolts: 12.5 mm diameter, unless indicated otherwise, complete with nuts and washers. .5 Sill gasket: in accordance with Section 07260 Sheet Vapour Barrier. III 2.4 FINISHES 3. .1 III Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanized with zinc coating of 600 g/m2 to CAN/CSA G164. .2 Surface applied wood preservative: in accordance with CAN/CSA 080 Series. Execution .. 3.1 WORKMANSHIP .. .1 Provide all rough carpentry work as required and indicated. Where not indicated, work shall be done in accordance with the best standard practice. .2 III Fabricate and erect work square, plumb, straight, and true. 3.2 PREPARATION .1 .. Give painter sufficient notice so that untreated or unprimed carpentry items or materials may be primed immediately upon delivery to the Place of the Work. .2 .3 Treat surfaces of material with wood preservative prior to installation. .. Apply preservative by dipping, or by brush to completely saturate and maintain wet film on surface for a minimum of three (3) minute soak on lumber, and a minimum of one (1) minute soak on plywood. ~ .4 Treat materials as follows: .1 Wood fascia backing, curbs, nailers, sleepers on roof deck. .2 Wood furring and blocking used on exterior masonry and concrete walls. ..; 3.3 INSTALLATION .8 .1 IIIIIIII Accurately fit joints and intersecting members in true planes with adequate fastenings. .2 Locate joints over bearing or support devices. .3 Set and fill nail head occurring in exposed carpentry work. .. .4 Sand and remove marks or scrapes from all exposed wood surfaces. .5 Provide continuous members from pieces of longest practical length. .. .6 .7 Install spanning members crown edge up. .. Blocking, grounds, strapping, rough bucks, anchors, and other fastenings indicated shall not be regarded as exact or complete. Location and method of securing pieces is at the option of the Contractor. Provide adequate fastenings. Erect as required or indicated to provide true, plumb, rigid, secure, and adequate supports. Fastening to solid masonry, brick, or concrete surfaces shall be with expansion shields and lag screws. Where screws are required, used lead or inorganic fibre plugs. ,1 lIIIli ..i Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Paae 3 of 3 - .. ... ... ... - .. - - ... ... - ... ... ... ... - .9 Nailing of framing shall conform to OBC Table 9.23.3.4. .10 Fasteners for sheathing and subflooring shall conform to OBC Table 9.23.3.5. .11 Countersink bolts where necessary to provide clearance for other work. .12 Provide furring and blocking as required to space-out and support casework, cabinets, wall and ceiling finishes, facings, fascias, soffits, siding, and other work as required. .13 Align and plumb faces of furring and blocking to a tolerance of 1 :600. .14 Provide rough bucks, nailers, and linings to rough openings as required to provide backing for frames and other work. .15 Provide sill gaskets between the sill plate and the top of the foundation wall wherever wood framing occurs. .16 Provide backboards for mounting of electrical equipment as indicated or required. Use plywood on furring around perimeter and at maximum 300 mm intermediate. END OF SECTION - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 06666 PLASTIC LAMINATES Paae 1 of 3 - - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS - .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicted will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS - .2 .1 Section 06400 Architectural Woodwork Section 07900 Joint Sealers 1.3 SAMPLES - .1 .2 Submit samples from manufacturer for verification purposes. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. - .1 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1.4 - Provide manufacturer's maintenance data for plastic laminate for incorporation into the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .. .1 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Maintain relative humidity between 45% and 55% at 240C during storage and installation. 1.6 GUARANTEE Guarantee plastic laminate installations against delamination or warpage for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Products - .1 .. 2. 2.1 MATERIALS .. .1 .2 .3 .1 .4 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .. .. - - Standard grade plastic laminate to CAN3-A 172, Grade GP, Type S, 1.2 mm thick. Where indicated, postformable plastic laminate to CAN3-A 172, Grade PF, Type S, 1.2 mm thick. Acceptable material: PLAM-1: to match existing. Consultant to advise by Addendum. Laminated plastic adhesive in accordance with laminate manufacturer's recommendations and the following, as applicable: Polyvinyl adhesive to CSA 0112.4. Urea resin to CSA 0112.5. Resorcinol resin adhesive to CSA 0112.7. Contact adhesive to CAN/CGSB-71.20. Sealer: water resistant sealer or glue acceptable to laminate manufacturer. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. 06666 PLASTIC LAMINATES Page 2 of 3 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ... .6 Sealants: as recommended by laminate manufacturer and in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .. .7 Draw bolts and splines: as recommended by fabricator. .II 2.2 FABRICATION .1 Refer to the Room Finish Schedule and to Section 06400 Architectural Woodwork for specific locations of plastic laminate. Obtain governing dimensions from the Place of the Work before fabricating items that are to accommodate or abut appliances, equipment, and other materials. .3 Ensure adjacent parts of continuous laminate work match in colour and pattern. ... .2 .. .4 Veneer laminated plastic core material in accordance with Adhesive manufacturer's instructions. Ensure core and laminate profiles coincide to provide continuous support and bond over entire surface. Use continuous lengths up to 2400 mm. Keep joints 600 mm from sink cutouts. Use straight self-edging laminate strip for flatwork to cover exposed edge of core material. Chamfer exposed edges uniformly at approximately 200. Do not mitre laminate edges. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of core of plastic laminate work. .. .5 .. .6 ... 3.1 3. Execution INST ALLA TION .7 .8 3.2 ... .1 Plastic laminate work shall be done by a skilled tradesperson in the shop of a recognized company specializing in this work. .2 Install work plumb, true and square, and neatly scribed to adjoining surfaces. .. .3 Plastic laminates with a grained pattern shall be installed with the grain running in an horizontal direction. ... .4 Make allowances around perimeter where fixed objects pass through or project into laminated plastic work to permit normal movement without restriction. .5 Use draw bolts and splines in countertop joints. Maximum spacing 450 mm on centre, 75 mm from edge. Make flush hairline joints. .. .6 Provide cutouts for inserts, grilles, appliances, outlet boxes, and other penetrations. Round internal corners, chamfer edges, and seal exposed core. ... At junction of laminated plastic counter backsplashes and adjacent wall finish, apply small bead of sealant in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. IllIIlI Fasten work in an approved manner by concealed means. ... .1 PROTECTION IIIIi Cover finished plastic laminated veneered surfaces with heavy duty kraft paper or put in cartons during shipment. III Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 06666 PLASTIC LAMINATES Paae 3 of 3 - .2 Protect installed plastic laminated surfaces by approved means. Do not remove until immediately before inspection to determine Substantial Performance of the Work. - END OF SECTION - - - - .. - - .. - .. - .. - - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07130 SHEET WATERPROOFING Paae 1 of 2 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - - General .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED SECTION - .1 Section 04081 Unit Masonry Procedures .2 Section 07900 Joint Sealers 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver all sheet waterproofing in original, unopened containers, complete with manufacturer's labels intact. - - - 1.4 .1 .. .2 .. .3 ... 2. Products .. 2.1 ... ... - - Protect membranes from cuts, abrasions, or other abuse that might adversely affect performance or integrity, and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .3 Store materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. .2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Do not install EPDM membrane when air and substrate temperature remain below 5 deg C and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, or when wind chill gives equivalent cooling effect. Install EPDM membrane on dry substrate, using only dry materials and only during weather that will not introduce moisture into the system. Ensure that temperature of substrate and its moisture content conform to manufacturer's minimum requirements before proceeding with work of this section. SHEET MEMBRANES .1 Type 1. .1 Self-adhering sheet membrane of SBS modified bitumen (rubberized asphalt), integrally bonded to a cross-laminated, high-density polyethylene film, having the following physical properties: .1 Thickness: 1.5 mm minimum. .2 Water absorption: 0.2% maximum in accordance with ASTM 0570. .3 Tensile strength: minimum 2.24 MPa in accordance with ASTM 0412, Die C. .4 Elongation: 200% in accordance with ASTM D412. .2 Acceptable materials: .1 Blueskin WP200, as manufactured by Bakor. .2 Perm-A-Barrier Wall Membrane, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... 07130 SHEET WATERPROOFING Page 2 of 2 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ifili .2 Type 2. .1 Standard ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) sheet membrane, to CGSB 37 -GP- 52M, Type 1, Class A, 1.6mm thick, non-reinforced. 11II 2.2 ACCESSORIES .. .1 Sealers. .1 For sheet membrane Type 1: ... .1 With Blueskin WP200, use Polybitume 570-05, as manufactured by Bakor. .2 With Perm-A-Barrier Wall Membrane, use Bituthene Mastic, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products. .2 For sheet membrane Type 2: use sealant Type 6 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint .. Sealers and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Primers and adhesives: in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. lllIII 3. Execution 3.1 INSTALLATION iii .1 Prime surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .2 In shower compartments, apply membrane up wood backing, behind CBU, to a minimum of 50 mm and a maximum of 100 mm above the curb, using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, along the floor slab to below the weep holes in the shower drain in accordance with Section 09310 Ceramic Tile. .. .3 Install damp proof course across the width of the foundation wall and install throughwall membrane flashing in masonry in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as follows: .1 Install membranes under exterior masonry bearing on foundation walls, slabs, shelf angles, and steel angles over openings. Install membranes under weep hole courses as indicated. .2 In cavity and veneered walls, carry throughwall membrane from front edge of masonry, under outer wythe, then up backing not less than 250 mm, and as follows: .1 For masonry backing, embed minimum 25 mm in joint of backing masonry. .2 For frame backing, bond to sheathing using manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Seal around masonry reinforcing or ties, and all partitions. .... ... .... .4 III Do not allow rubberized asphalt surface of Type 1 sheet membrane to com into contact with polysulphide sealants, creosote, uncured coal tar products, or EPDM. .6 At the end of each day's work, apply sealer to the top edge of the membrane where it meets the substrate to seal termination and shed water. .5 IIIi .7 Lap joints in membrane 150 mm and seal with adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. ... 3.2 SCHEDULE ifili .1 Throughwall membrane flashing: either Type 1 or Type 2 sheet membrane is acceptable. .2 Damp proof course: only Type 1 sheet membrane is acceptable. ..i .3 In shower compartments: Type 2 only sheet membrane is acceptable. END OF SECTION . Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07212 RIGID INSULATION Paae 1 of 2 - 1. General - - .1 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .2 - Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. ... .1 1.2 EXCEPTION The work, materials, Products, and methods described in this section do not cover the rigid insulation for the flat roof. The rigid insulation for the flat roof is specified under Section 07510 Built-up Bituminous Roofing. 2. Products - - 2.1 INSULATION .1 .1 .2 .. - .2 .1 .2 - 3 III .. 2.2 ADHESIVE Perimeter insulation. Extruded polystyrene to CAN/ULC-S701, Type 4, thickness as indicated, square edges. Acceptable materials: .1 Styrofoam SM, as manufactured by Dow Chemical Canada Inc. .2 Celfort 300, as manufactured by Owens Corning Canada Inc. Cavitv Wall Insulation: Extruded polystyrene to CAN/ULC-S701, Type 3, thickness as indicated, square edges. Acceptable materials: .1 Styrofoam Cavitymate, as manufactured by Dow Chemical Canada Inc. .2 Celfort 200, as manufactured by Owens Corning Canada Inc. Acceptable materials: 1 Mineral fibreboard thermal insulation to CAN/CGSB-51 10-92, thickness to provide R-19, square edges Acceptable material: CavityRock, as manufactured by RoxuL Type 2, Class 4, ,.., .L - .1 As recommended for each type of insulation by the insulation manufacturer. .2 Remove excess adhesive or other matter caused by the work of this section, from all exposed surfaces. III .1 ACCESSORIES 2.3 III - - Insulation clips: impale type, perforated 50 mm x 50 mm cold rolled carbon steel, 0.8 mm thick, adhesive back, spindle of 2.5 mm diameter annealed steel, length to suit installation, 25 mm washers of self-locking type and as recommended for each type of insulation by the insulation manufacturer. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07212 RIGID INSULATION Page 2 of 2 3. Execution 3.1 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition .. .. WORKMANSHIP .. .2 .1 Install insulation after substrate materials are dry. .. .3 Fit insulation tight around electrical boxes, plumbing pipes, ducts, around exterior doors and windows, and all other penetrations. Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Offset vertical joints. Use only insulation boards free from chipped or broken edges. Use largest possible dimensions to reduce number of joints. .. .4 Offset both vertical and horizontal joints in multiple layer applications. llIIIIi .6 .5 Install insulation to maintain continuity of thermal protection to building elements and spaces. Do not enclose insulation until it has been reviewed by the Consultant. .. 3.2 EXAMINATION .1 Examine substrates and immediately inform the Consultant in writing of defects. .. .2 Prior to commencement of the work of this section, ensure that substrates are firm, smooth, straight, dry, free of snow, ice or frost, and clean of dust and debris. 3.3 PERIMETER INSULATION INSTALLATION .. .1 .1 .2 .2 .1 .2 .3 .1 .2 Interior application. Extend boards vertically below bottom of finish floor slab as indicated. Install on inside face of perimeter of foundation walls. Exterior application. Extend boards below finish grade as indicated. Install on exterior face of perimeter foundation wall with adhesive. lIIlIl ... Under slab application. Extend boards in from perimeter foundation wall as indicated. Lay boards on level fill compacted in accordance with Section 02315 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling. ... .1 3.4 WALL INSULATION INSTALLATION llIIIi Install insulation to maintain continuity of thermal protection to building elements and spaces. IIIi .3 .2 Install using friction fit as indicated. Do not compress insulation to fit into spaces. .4 .5 Fit insulation closely around electrical boxes, pipes, ducts, frames and other objects in or passing through insulation. ... Keep insulation minimum 75 mm from heat emitting devices such as recessed light fixtures, and minimum 50 mm from sidewalls of CAN4-S604 type A chimneys and CAN/CGA-B149.1 and CAN/CGA-B149.2 type Band L vents. IIlII Do not enclose insulation until it has been reviewed by Consultant. .. END OF SECTION ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07260 SHEET VAPOUR BARRIER Paae 1 of 2 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - - General .2 - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS - .. 1.3 - .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .2 Section 07213 Batt Insulation .3 Section 07900 Joint Sealers EXCEPTION .1 The work, materials, and methods of this section do not cover the vapour barrier for the flat roof. The vapour barrier for the flat roof is specified under section 07530 EPDM Roofing. 1.4 MOCKUPS .1 Prepare mockups in accordance with Section 01400 Quality Control. - .. .. 2. Products .2 Construct mockup of sheet vapour barrier installation including one (1) lap joint, one (1) inside corner, and at one (1) electrical box. Mockup may remain as part of the finished work at the discretion of the Consultant. .3 Allow 48 hours for review of mockup by Consultant before proceeding with sheet vapour barrier installation. 2.1 SHEET VAPOUR BARRIER .. .1 Polyethylene film to CAN/CGSB 51.34, 0.15 mm thick. 2.2 ACCESSORIES .. .1 - .2 .. .3 .4 - - Joint sealing tape: air resistant, pressure sensitive adhesive tape, type recommended by sheet vapour barrier manufacturer, 50 mm wide for lap joint and perimeter seals, 25 mm wide elsewhere. Sealants: Type 4 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. Staples: minimum 6 mm leg. Moulded box vapour barrier: factory moulded polyethylene box for use with recessed electric switches and outlet device boxes. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. . 07260 SHEET VAPOUR BARRIER Paae 2 of 2 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition H .II 3. Execution -Q ,~1 .. 3.1 INSTALLATION Ensure services are installed and inspected prior to installation of vapour barrier. Install sheet vapour barrier where indicated, on warm side of assemblies prior to installation of gypsum board to form continuous barrier. .3 Use sheets of largest practical size to minimize joints. .1 .. .2 iii .4 Inspect for continuity. Repair punctures and tears with sealing tape before work is concealed. .. 3.2 EXTERIOR SURFACE OPENINGS .1 Cut sheet vapour barrier to form openings and ensure material is lapped and sealed to frame. .. 3.3 PERIMETER SEALS .1 Seal perimeter of sheet vapour barrier as follows: .1 Apply continuous bead of sealant to substrate at perimeter of sheets. .2 Lapsheet over sealant and press into sealant bead. .3 Install staples through lapped sheets at sealant bead into wood substrate. .4 Ensure that no gaps exist in sealant bead. Smooth-out folds and ripples occurring in sheet over sealant. ... .. 3.4 LAP JOINT SEALS ... .1 Seal lap joints of sheet vapour barrier as follows: .1 Attach first sheet to substrate. .2 Apply continuous bead of sealant over backing at joint. .3 Lap adjoining sheet minimum 150 mm and press into sealant bead. .4 Install staples through lapped sheets at sealant bead into wood substrate. .5 Ensure that no gaps exist in sealant bead. Smooth-out folds and ripples occurring in sheet over sealant. ..J IIIi 3.5 ELECTRICAL BOXES .1 Seal electrical switch and outlet device boxes that penetrate vapour barrier as follows: .1 Install moulded box vapour barrier. .2 Apply sealant to seal edges of flange to main vapour barrier and seal wiring penetrations through box cover. .. .. END OF SECTION ... . ';1 .. Ii Thomas Brown Architects Inc. J .. -- February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07272 AIR BARRIERS Paae 1 of 3 - 1. General - 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - - .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies - - .2 Section 07840 Fire Stopping .3 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .4 Section 09250 Gypsum Board 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .1 Provide wall and roof components and assemblies to resist air leakage caused by static air pressure across the exterior wall assemblies, including windows, glass, doors, roof hatches, and other interruptions to the integrity of the wall systems, to a maximum air leakage rate of 0.02 L/m2 when subjected to a pressure differential of 75 Pa in accordance with ASTM E283 and ASTM E330. - .. .. .2 Provide continuity of air seal materials and assemblies in conjunction with the materials described in Article 1.2 above. 1.4 SUBMITTALS .. .. .1 Submit all required submittals in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .2 Product data: submit manufacturer's product data sheets, including data on material characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, and installation procedures. .. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE .3 Shop drawings: provide shop drawings of special joint conditions as required. .1 - .2 .. .3 Submit to the Consultant, and in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals, written confirmation from the manufacturer that the applicator of the air barrier is recognized by the manufacturer as suitable for the execution of the work of this section. At the beginning of, and at all times throughout, the work of this section, allow access to the work by the air barrier manufacturer's representative. Components used in the work of this section shall be sourced from one manufacturer. - 1.6 MOCKUPS - .1 Construct mockups in accordance with Section 01400 Quality Control, and in accordance with Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07272 AIR BARRIERS Page 2 of 3 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition .. IIIIiII 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 lIIIIIiI Deliver materials in manufacturer's original packaging with seals intact. .2 Store materials on end in original packaging. .3 Store adhesives and primers at temperatures of 51C and above. III .4 Keep solvents away from open flames or excessive heat. .5 Protect rolls from direct sunlight until ready for use. III 1.8 WARRANTY 2. Products 2.1 3. III .1 Provide warranty in form acceptable to the Owner. .2 Include coverage of installed sealant and sheet materials that fail to achieve air tight and watertight seal to conditions specified, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. .. MATERIALS .. Over Gypsum Board Exterior Sheathing Substrate: 1. Tyvek Commercial Wrap, as manufactured by DuPont. .2 Over Concrete Masonry Substrate: .1 III 1. 11IIII Self-adhering sheet membrane of SBS modified bitumen (rubberized asphalt), integrally bonded to a cross-laminated, high-density polyethylene film, having the following physical properties: .1 Thickness: 1.0 mm minimum. .2 Water absorption: 0.1 % maximum in accordance with ASTM 0570-81. .3 Tensile strength: minimum 3.4 Mpa. .4 Elongation: 200% MINIMUM in accordance with ASTM D412-modified. Acceptable materials: .1 Blueskin SA, as manufactured by Bakor. , .. 11IIII .2 Execution IlIIi 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 " II Verify that all surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this section and immediately notify the Consultant in writing of any deficiencies. Correct any deficiencies expeditiously, such corrective work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. IIIi 3.2 PREPARATION 3.3 .1 .1 All surfaces shall be sound, dry, clean, and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar, or other contaminants. Fill any spa lied areas in the substrate to provide an even plane. IliI .2 Prepare substrate surfaces in accordance with air barrier manufacturer's instructions. INSTALLATION .. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ~ .. ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - - 07272 AIR BARRIERS Paae 3 of 3 .2 Apply sealants within recommended temperature range and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK Protect finished work in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. ... - - ... .. .. .. - .. ... .. .. .. ... - .1 .2 Do not permit adjacent work to damage the work of this section. ... END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07465 PREFORMED METAL CLADDING Paae 1 of 3 - 1. General - 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. ... .. .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ... .1 Section 07212 Rigid Insulation .2 Section 07620 Metal Flashing, Soffits, Fascias, and Trim '. .3 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .4 Section 09900 Painting .. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS ... .. - III .1 The work of this section shall be performed by a company that: .1 Has a minimum of five (5) years' proven satisfactory experience. .2 Has adequate equipment and skilled personnel to complete this work in an efficient and workmanlike manner. .3 Is authorized by the prefinished metal cladding manufacturer for the installation of their particular cladding system. Written authorization shall be provided upon request. References able to attest to the installer's ability to adequately perform the work of this section shall be provided upon request to the Consultant. .2 .3 Unfavourable reference interviews may require the replacement of the installer insofar as the work of this section is concerned, and such replacement will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .. ... - Indicate dimensions, profiles, methods, schedule of wall elevations, trim and closure pieces, soffits, fascias, metal furring, and related work. .3 Shop drawings to bear the seal and signature of a professional engineer licensed to practice engineering in the Province of Ontario and experienced in this type of engineering. .2 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL .1 All roofing and sheet metal work shall be done under the supervision of the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Work shall not be considered complete until a certificate is issued by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Notify the Independent Inspection and Testing Company at least 48 hours prior to starting the work of this section. .. .. - .2 .3 The cost for this inspection shall be paid for by the cash allowance specified for independent Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07465 PREFORMED META CLADDING Page 2 of 3 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ..j 1.6 2. "I ~ inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE filii .1 The Subcontractor shall, and hereby does, warrant, and the Contractor does guarantee, that the metal panels and related closures, fixings, and all other components installed under the work of this section, shall be free from defects for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Defective work shall be corrected expeditiously and at no cost to the Owner. .i .2 Furnish said guarantee and warranty in writing in a form acceptable to the Owner, signed and countersigned by the Contractor and the Subcontractor. Products IIlIII .. 2.1 PREFORMED SHEET METAL .1 .. Prefinished sheet steel to CSSBI Bulletin B16-94 Prefinished Sheet Steel for Building Construction. .2 Exterior Cladding: .1 To match existing in colour and profile. Consultant to advise by Addendum. lIIIIIiI 2.2 ACCESSORIES - .1 Exposed trim: inside corners, outside corners, cap strip, drip cap, undersill trim, starter strip, and window and door trim to be of same material, colour, and finish as cladding, with fastener holes pre-punched. IIIi .2 Non-exposed accessories to be of a compatible material with adjacent surfaces. .3 Standard storm-proof roof ventilation louvres, complete with insect screens. ... 2.3 FASTENERS 2.4 2.5 SEALANT 3. Execution 3.1 .1 .. .2 Nails: to CSA B111, 16 gauge, of sufficient length to adequately secure work in place and have a head of at least 12.7 mm diameter. Material shall be compatible with surfaces being secured. Screws, bolts, and expansion shields: to ANSI B18.6.4, of metal compatible with adjacent surfaces. Exposed fastenings shall be made of the same material as metal surface on which it occurs. .. INSULATION ... .1 In accordance with Section 07212 Rigid Insulation to achieve values and/or thicknesses specified or indicated. ... .1 Type 1 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .. INSTALLATION "" .1 Provide cladding in accordance with CGSB 93-GP-5M, and the manufacturer's written instructions. .~ IIlIII Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07465 PREFORMED METAL CLADDING Paae 3 of 3 .... .2 - .3 .. .4 - .5 .6 .. .7 .. .8 .. Work shall be done as indicated and in accordance with reviewed shop drawings to provide a neat, plumb, and square installation. Provide continuous starter strips, inside and outside corners, edgings, drip cap, sills, and window and door opening flashings as indicated and in accordance with Section 07620 Metal Flashing, Soffits, Fascias, and Trim. Provide outside corners, fillers, and closure strips with carefully formed and profiled work. Provide soffit and fascia cladding as indicated and in accordance with Section 07620 Metal Flashing, Soffits, Fascias, and Trim. Provide ventilation louvres in locations indicated and additionally as required Maintain joints in exterior cladding true to line, tight fitting, with hairline joints. .9 Attach components in manner not restricting thermal movement. S-Iock seams shall be used for joints, shall permit thermal movement, and shall be fitted with sealant. Space joints on fascias evenly. Dovetail and mitre all corners. Make joints square, plumb, straight, and true. Seal junctions with adjoining work with sealant in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers and manufacturer's instructions. .. 3.2 CLEANING OF THE WORK .1 On completion of the work of this section, remove all bitumen or foreign matter from metal cladding, and wash with soap and hot water, or a suitable washing powder, rinse with cold water, and wipe dry with a clean cloth. .. .. .. .. .. iIIt - - - END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07530 EPDM ROOFING Paae 1 of 4 - 1. General - 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .. - .1 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. ... 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 05310 Steel Deck ... ... ... .2 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .3 Section 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding .4 Section 07620 Metal Flashing, Soffits, and Trim .5 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .6 Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods .7 Section 15850 Ventilation, Heating and Air Conditioning .. 1.3 REFERENCES .1 The Canadian Roofing Contractors Association (CRCA) Roofing Specifications Manual shall govern all materials standards and execution practices of the work of this section unless soecificallv noted otherwise. - 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS .1 Roofing installer shall be an approved installer of the system being installed by that system's manufacturer. .. ... .2 Furnish such approval in writing if requested by the Consultant. 1.5 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit all required submittals in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. ... .. .. .2 Shop drawings. .1 Indicate membrane sheet placement, flashing, control joints, sloped insulation, location and type of penetrations, and field fabricated seams. .2 Provide layout for sloped insulation. Installation instructions: submit roofing system manufacturer's printed installation instructions for specific roofing system to be installed. .3 - 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver all roofing materials in original, unopened containers, complete with manufacturer's labels intact. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07530 EPDM ROOFING Page 2 of 4 1.7 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition iii .. .2 Protect membrane from cuts, abrasions, or other abuse that might adversely affect performance or integrity. .3 Store all materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. III ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS .. .1 Do not install EPDM membrane when air and substrate temperature remain below 50C and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, or when wind chill gives equivalent cooling effect. .. .2 Install EPDM membrane on dry substrate, free of snow and ice, use only dry materials, and apply only during weather that will not introduce moisture into the system. .. .3 Ensure that the temperature of the substrate and its moisture content conform to the manufacturer's requirements before proceeding with the work of this section. 4 .. 1.8 QUALITY CONTROL .1 All roofing and sheet metal work shall be done under the supervision of the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Work shall not be considered complete until a certificate is issued by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. Notify the Independent Inspection and Testing Company at least 48 hours prior to commencement of the work of this section. rtI .. .2 .3 The cost for this inspection shall be paid for by the cash allowance for independent inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. ... 1.9 WARRANTIES 2. .1 .2 Provide warranties in a form acceptable to the Owner. ,. Warrant that EPDM roofing system will stay in place and remain leakproof for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. .3 Roofing system Supplier to provide a written, watertight warranty on Suppliers standard form valid for a period of ten (10) years from the date of completion of the roofing system installation. .. Products .. 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .. .1 A fully adhered, adhesive application EPDM roofing system for steel decks. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2.3 .. .1 The following companies are acceptable manufacturers of the roofing system specified: .1 Carlisle SynTec Canada. .2 Firestone. .3 Johns Manville. .4 Lexcan. ., YJ MATERIALS .. .1 Vapour retarder: polyethylene film to CAN/CGSB 51.34, Type 1, 0.25 mm thick. I .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... ... February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07530 EPDM ROOFING Paae 3 of 4 - .2 - Insulation: to CAN/ULC-S704 and CAN/ULC-S770, 87.3 mm thick, black glass/felt faced polyisocyanurate foam insulation. ... .4 .3 Insulating fibreboard: to CAN/CSA A247, Type II, 12.7 mm thick. .5 .. Membrane: single-ply, non-reinforced, black ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) membrane to CAN/CGSB 37-GP-52M, Type 1, Class A, 1.5 mm thick. Sealants: Type 6 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers, as recommended by the roofing system manufacturer, with primer and backer rods as recommended by manufacturer. ... Fasteners (insulation to substrate): fasteners and plates to meet Factory Mutual 4470 Standard for wind uplift and corrosion resistance, and as recommended by roofing system manufacturer. .7 Adhesives, tapes, and primers: as recommended by roofing system manufacturer. - 3. 3.1 PROTECTION .. .1 .2 ... .3 .. .4 .5 .. .6 .. .6 Execution Cover walls and adjacent work where materials will be hoisted or used. Dispose of any rain water away from the face of the building until drains or hoppers are installed and connected. Protect from traffic and damage. Comply with precautions deemed necessary by the Consultant or the roofing system manufacturer. Place plywood runways over work as required to enable movement of materials and other traffic. At end of each day's work, or when stoppage occurs due to inclement weather, provide protection for completed work and materials out of storage in accordance with the roofing system manufacturer's recommendations and Section 01500 Temporary Work. Seal and ballast exposed edges in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 SUBSTRATE EXAMINATION ... - ... ... .1 .2 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 Examine substrates and immediately inform the Consultant in writing of any defects. Correct any such defects expeditiously. Such corrective work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. Prior to commencement of the work of this section, ensure that: Substrates are firm, straight, smooth, dry, free of snow, ice, or frost, and swept clean of dust and debris. Curbs have been built. Drains have been installed at proper elevations relative to finished surfaces. Plywood and lumber nailer plates have been installed to walls and parapets as indicated. 3.3 INSTALLATION .. - .1 .2 Install entire roofing system to match existing installation and in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions as submitted by the Contractor to the Consultant. Install only as much vapour barrier and insulation as can be completely and properly covered by the membrane by the end of each day. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07530 EPDM ROOFING Page 4 of 4 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition IIlIiI ~ .3 Slope insulation as indicated. Slope either insulation or insulating fibreboard. .4 Installation of mechanical roof mounted equipment and duct openings to be in accordance with Proposal for Alterations to Existing Systems as prepared and submitted by the successful bidder. IIlIiI 3.4 WARRANTY INSPECTION :& .. .1 Upon completion of the installation of the roofing system, arrange for an authorized representative of the roofing system manufacturer to make an inspection of the installation for the purposes of warranty acceptance. Any deficiencies noted by the roofing system manufacturer's authorized representative that will affect the validity of the warranty shall be corrected expeditiously and such corrective work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. ... .2 .. 3.5 CLEANING ... .1 Clean finished work in accordance with roofing system manufacturer's instructions. .2 Clean to Consultanfs satisfaction soiled surfaces, spatters, and damage caused as a result of this work of this section. .. .3 Check drains to ensure cleanliness and proper function, and remove debris, equipment, and excess materials from the Place of the Work. fill END OF SECTION ... .... .. 11II6 .. IIIiI wi lIIi .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07620 METAL FLASHINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS & TRIM Paae 1 of 4 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS General 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies .2 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .3 Section 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding .4 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .5 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames .6 Section 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames .7 Section 08500 Aluminum Windows 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS ... - ... - ... - .. .. .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. .1 The work of this section shall be performed by a member in good standing of the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association who shall also have a minimum of five (5) years' proven satisfactory experience. .. 1.4 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit all required submittals in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. - ... .2 Shop drawings: indicate arrangement of sheets and joints and types and locations of fasteners and special shapes. .3 Samples: provide 300 mm x 300 mm samples of each colour and type of sheet metal to be used for the purpose of colour match verification. 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL .1 All roofing and sheet metal work shall be done under the supervision of the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. The Work shall not be considered complete until a certificate is issued by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company stating that the installation of metal flashing, soffits, fascias, and trim has been properly completed and is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. .. .. - - .2 .3 Notify the Independent Inspection and Testing Company at least 48 hours prior to starting the work of this section. Do not cover felt flashings with sheet metal until inspected and approved by the Independent Inspection and Testing Company. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... 07620 METAL FLASHINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS & TRIM Page 2 of 4 .4 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ~ .. The cost for this inspection shall be paid by the cash allowance for independent inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01210 Allowances. .1 1.6 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE iii The Subcontractor for the work of this section shall, and hereby does, warrant, and the Contractor shall, and hereby does, guarantee, that the metal. flashings, soffits, fascias, and trim, and all metal fabrications Provided under the work of this section will be free from defects for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Correct any defects expeditiously at no expense to the Owner. Furnish said warranty and guaranty in a form acceptable to the Owner, signed and countersigned by the Contractor and the Subcontractor. 2. Products .2 2.1 .. III III MATERIALS .il .1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .2 .1 .2 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 Prefinished sheet steel. All prefinished sheet steel to be from same suppfier/manufacturer. Prefinished sheet steel to CSSBI Bulletin B16-94 Prefinished Sheet Steel for Building Construction. Base metal: galvanized sheet steel to ASTM A653, zinc coating to Z275, nominal thickness of 0.76 mm without coating, 0.80 mm with Z275 coating. Profile: flat. Colour: to later selection by the Consultant from the manufacturer's full range of colours (including extended inventory), generally to match adjacent surfaces. .. .. :1 IIIIi Sheet aluminum: AA 1100 or AA5005. Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum with an 'nterpon 0200, AAMA 2604, Powder Coating, to match colour specified in Section 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding.. :r~ .. Accessories. Isolation coating: bituminous paint to CAN/CGSB-1.1 08. Plastic cement: cutback asphalt cement to CAN/CGSB-37.5. Underlay for metal flashing: No. 15 perforated asphalt felt to CSA A123.3. Sealant: Type 1 or Type 5 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers, and as recommended by manufacturer. Cleats: of same material and temper as sheet metal, minimum 50 mm wide, thickness same as sheet metal being secured. Nails: 16 gauge of sufficient length to adequately secure work in place and have a head at least 12.7 mm in diameter. Material shall be compatible with material being secured. Washers: of same material as sheet metal, 1 mm thick, with rubber packings. Screws, bolts, expansion shields: of metal compatible with adjacent surfaces. Exposed fastenings shall be of same materials and finish as metal on which it occurs. III .. .. III .1 2.2 FABRICATIONS Fabricate metal flashings and trim and other sheet metal work as indicated and in accordance with the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association FL Series details and in accordance with the Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, latest edition as prepared by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc. (SMACNA). In all cases, the most stringent requirements shall govern. .a ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07620 METAL FLASHINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS & TRIM Paae 3 of 4 - - - - - - .. .. 3. 3.1 INSTALLATION Execution .. .1 .2 .. .3 .. .4 - .5 - .6 .. .7 .. .8 - .9 - .2 Form pieces in 2400 mm lengths maximum. Make allowance for expansion at joints. .3 Hem exposed edges on underside 12 mm. Mitre and seal corners with sealant. .4 Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. .5 Apply isolation coating to metal surfaces to be embedded in concrete or mortar, and in all locations to prevent electrolysis due to metal to metal contact, or metal to masonry or concrete. .6 Metal flashings and cap flashings: form from prefinished sheet steel to profiles indicated or required. .7 Soffits. .1 Form soffits to match existing in profile and colour. .2 Form soffits from sheet aluminum. .3 Flat sheet to be 'V' crimped for stiffness. .8 Fascias: fabricate fascias from preformed, prefinished sheet steel as indicated. .9 Exposed trim: fabricate from prefinished sheet steel. Provide metal flashing, soffits, fascias, trim, and eavestroughs and downspouts as indicated. Provide continuous starter strips to present a true, non-waving leading edge. Anchor back-up in approved manner to provide rigid, secure, permanent installation. Stagger joints with flashing joints. Provide flashing sleeves for all pipes and ducts, and all penetrations extending through the roof. Sleeves shall have a 150 mm flange turned-out at the top of the roofing. Cap top sleeves around pipes and ducts to make weathertight. Use concealed fastenings except where approved by the Consultant prior to installation. Provide underlay under all sheet metal installed directly over masonry, concrete, or construction grade wood. Lay the underlay as sheet metal work is installed. Secure in place and lap joints 100 mm. S-Iock seams shall be used for joints, shall permit thermal movement, and shall be filled with sealant. Space exposed joints of flashings uniformly. Dovetail and mitre all corners. Make joints square, plumb, straight, and true. Lock end joints and seal with sealant. Install surface mounted reglets true and level, and seal top of reg let with sealant. Insert metal flashing into reglets under cap flashing to form weathertight junction. Insulate where necessary to prevent electrolysis due to metal to metal contact, or metal to masonry, concrete, or wood. Lay the underlay as the sheet metal work is finished. Secure in place and lap joints 100 mm. Provide pans where indicated around items projecting through roof membrane. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... 07620 METAL FLASHINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS & TRIM Page 4 of 4 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition j .. ... 3.2 CLEANING .1 Upon completion of the work of this section, remove all bitumen or foreign matter from metal flashings and trim, and wash with soap and hot water, or with a suitable washing powder, rinse with cold water, and wipe with a dry cloth. .. END OF SECTION .. .. III ~ .. ... ... JIll IIIIi .. .. .. .. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. j~ till February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 07840 FIRESTOPPING Paae 1 of 2 - - 1. General - 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - - .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 .. - 2. 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Fire stopping and smoke seal systems: to CAN/ULC-S115. .. - ... .. .. .. Fire stopping and smoke seals within mechanical assemblies and electrical assemblies are to be provided as part of the Proposal for Alterations to Existing Systems prepared and submitted by the successful bidder. Products .2 Asbestos-free materials and systems capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, smoke and gases in compliance with the requirements of CAN/ULC-S115 and not to exceed opening sizes for which they are intended. Fire-resistance rating of installed fire stopping assembly to be in accordance with OBC. .3 .4 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings intended for ease of re-entry such as cables: elastomeric seal. .5 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings around penetrations for pipes, ductwork, and other mechanical items requiring sound and vibration control to be as indicated. Primers: to manufacturer's recommendations for specific material, substrate, and end use. Damming and backup materials, supports, and anchoring devices: to manufacturer's recommendations, and in accordance with tested assembly being installed as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. .6 .7 .. Sealants for vertical joints: Type 7 in accordance with Section 07900 and as recommended by system manufacturer. 3. Execution ... 3.1 .. ... - .8 PREPARATION .1 Examine sizes and conditions of voids to be filled to establish correct thicknesses and installation of materials. Ensure that substrates and surfaces are clean, dry, and frost free. .2 Prepare surfaces in contact with firestopping materials and smoke seals in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .3 Maintain insulation around pipes and ducts penetrating fire separation. .4 Mask, where necessary, to avoid spillage and over-coating onto adjoining surfaces. Remove Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07840 FIRESTOPPING Page 2 of 2 3.2 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition fill .. stains on adjacent surfaces. .1 INSTALLATION ~1 III .2 .3 Install firestopping and smoke seal materials and components in accordance with ULC certification and manufacturer's instructions. lIIIi Seal holes or voids made by through penetrations, poke-through termination devices, and unpenetrated openings or joists to ensure continuity and integrity of fire separation are maintained. .IlIIlI Provide temporary forming as required and remove forming only after materials have gained sufficient strength and after initial curing. .4 Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat finish. .5 .. Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. .. 3.3 INSPECTION .1 3.4 SCHEDULE .1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 3.5 CLEANING .1 Notify Consultant when ready for inspection and prior to concealing or enclosing firestopping materials and service penetration assemblies. -i1 III Firestop and smoke seal at: Penetrations through fire-resistance rated masonry, concrete, and gypsum board partitions and walls. Top of fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions. Intersection of fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions. Control and sway joints in fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions and walls. Penetrations through fire-resistance rated floor slabs, ceilings, and roofs. Openings and sleeves installed for future use through fire separations. Rigid ducts greater than 129 cm3: firestopping to consist of bead of firestopping material between retaining angle and fire separation, and between retaining angle and duct, on each side of fire separation. In all locations indicated or required. .. III ... .. .. Remove excess materials and debris from the Place of the Work and clean adjacent surfaces immediately after application. ... .2 Remove temporary dams after initial set of firestopping and smoke sealing materials. END OF SECTION .... - Ji III , III Thomas Brown Architects Inc. III - Date of Issue Client Proiect Title - 1. General - 07900 JOINT SEALERS Paae 1 of 5 ... .1 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .2 - Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - .1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK - .... .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 - - - The installations listed in this section shall not be considered to represent a complete list of all situations where joint sealers will be required for the Work. Thorough scrutiny of the complete Contract Documents shall be done in order to obtain a complete list of all situations where joint sealers are or may be required for the Work. Exterior joint sealing required includes: Around all exterior openings. Under and around all thresholds. At all joints between door and window frames and masonry. Around perimeter of all metal grilles and louvres. At control joints and expansion joints in unit masonry assemblies. Interior joint sealing required includes: Around all door frames. In control joints in gypsum board walls and partitions. At junction of gypsum board ceilings and unit masonry assemblies. In control joints and expansion joints in unit masonry assemblies. Between different materials abutting in the joint. Around windows. At floor-wall joints and where indicated in the room finish schedule. .1 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING - 1.3 - Deliver, store, and handle materials in original wrappings and containers with manufacturer's seals and labels intact. Protect from freezing, moisture, water, and contact with ground or floor in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. .. .1 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS - Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative humidity, and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants, including special conditions governing use. .1 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS - Installation of sealants shall be carried out by a recognized specialist applicator having skilled mechanics, thoroughly trained and competent in all phases of sealant work, with at least five (5) years' proven satisfactory experience. - 1.6 GUARANTEE .1 Submit a guarantee for the work of this section covering a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 2 of 5 2. Products .2 Defective work shall include, but shall not be limited to, joint leakage, cracking, crumbling, melting, running, loss of adhesion, loss of cohesion, or staining of adjoining or adjacent work or surfaces. 2.1 A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): till ,j .. iii ... 1. ASTM C679 - Standard Test Method for Tack-Free Time of Elastomeric Sealants. .. 2. ASTM C719 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle). .. 3. ASTM C794 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion-in-Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 4. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 5. ASTM C1135 - Standard Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Structural Sealants. 6. ASTM C 1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 7. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants. 8. ASTM C1330 - Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. 9. ASTM 0412 - Standard Test Method for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension. 10. ASTM 02202 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SLUMP OF SEALANTS. 2.2 SEALANT MATERIAL DESIGNATIONS .1 Type 1. .1 Type 1, type 3 and Type 5 (5-year warranty) .1 Non-sag, Single component, chemically cured, Silicone sealant, Compliance: Sealant shall meet or exceed requirements of ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, M, A, and O. .2 Colour: to be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: use at all locations except where specified otherwise. at interior joints between windows, door frames, and screen frames. at metal flashing and trim. .4 Acceptable material: Dow Corning@ Contractors Weatherproofing Sealant (CWS) or Dow Corning Contractors Concrete Sealant (CCS) as manufacture by Dow Corning .2 Type 2. .1 .2 One-part, acetoxy silicone sealant, mildew resistant, to CAN/CGSB-19.22. Colour: to be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. iii .. ... ... .. ... lIIIIIiI ... .. .. III III III - Date of Issue Client Proiect Title 07900 JOINT SEALERS Paae 3 of 5 - - .3 .4 Location: at plumbing fixtures and vanity tops. Acceptable material: Dow Corning@ 786 as manufactured by Dow Corning. .3 Type 3. .1 Acrylic terpolymer sealant, solvent release, to CGSB 19-GP-5M. - .2 Colour: to be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: at interior joints between windows, door frames, and screen frames. .4 Acceptable material: Mono 555, as manufactured by Tremco Ltd. - .4 Type 4 (acoustical sealant). .1 Siliconized acrylic latex sealant, to CAN/CGSB-19.21. b .2 Colour: to be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: at all perimeter joints and openings in gypsum board systems, and at all locations requiring acoustical sealant. - .4 Acceptable material: Tremflex 834, as manufactured by Tremco Ltd. .5 Type 5. ... .1 Non-sag, single-component, polyurethane sealant, to CAN/CGSB-19.13. .2 Colour: to be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: at metal flashing and trim. - .4 Acceptable material: RC-1 Sealant, as manufactured by Lexcan. .6 Type 6. .. .1 Non-sag, multi-component, chemically cured, polyurethane sealant, to CAN/CGSB-19.24. .2 Colour: to be manufacturer's standard. .3 Location: at all locations calling for EPDM membrane. .4 Acceptable material: Lexcan pourable sealer or Dow Corning Contractors Weatherproofing .. Sealant (CWS) by Dow Corning .7 Type 7. .1 Single component, elastomeric, water based, acrylic firestop sealant to CAN/ULC-S115. .. .2 Colour: to be manufacturer's standard. .3 Location: fire rated joints and penetrations in fire rated systems. .4 Acceptable material: TREMstop Acrylic, as manufactured by Tremco Ltd. .. .8 Type 8. .1 20-year warranty Medium-modulus, one-component, Non-staining, neutral-cure elastomeric silicone sealant; .. .2 Colour: from the manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: Same as Type 1, 3 and 5. .. .4 Dow Corning 756 SMS Building Sealant (low dirt-pick up), or Dow Corning 790 Silicone Building Sealant as manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation. .9 Preformed compressible and non-compressible back-up materials: .. .1 Polyethylene, urethane, or vinyl foam: .1 Extruded closed cell foam backer rod. .2 Oversized 30%. - .3 Shore "A" hardness 20, tensile strength 20-30 psi. .2 Bond breaker tape: polyethylene bond breaker tape that will not bond to sealant. .10 Primer: as recommended by sealant manufacturer. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 4 of 5 .. L't Ii .11 Cleaning material: xylol, methylethylketone (MEK), toluol, or as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. For surfaces to receive Type 2 sealant, MEK shall be the only acceptable cleaner. iii ;.~ 3.1 3. Execution PROTECTION iii 3.2 3.3 PRIMING 3.4 .1 Protect installed work from staining or contamination as a result of the work of this section. PREPARATION OF JOINT SURFACES .J Examine joint sizes and conditions to establish correct depth to width relationship for installation of back-up materials and sealants. .2 All surfaces to receive sealant application shall be cleaned using specified cleaning material. .1 .. .3 All surfaces to receive sealant application shall be dry, firm, free from dirt, temporary protective coatings, loose mortar, frost, oil, grease, or any other foreign matter that will impede adhesion and/or performance of the sealant. .i .4 A dry, clean, compressed air stream shall be used to blow dirt or accumulated water from the interior of channels or crevices. ... .5 Do not apply seatants to joint surfaces freareaWitfl sealer, curing compound, wafer repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. Copies of results of such tests shall be provided to the Consultant prior to application of sealant. Ambient and surface temperatures shall be within a range of 15l]C to 26DC, and as recommended by sealant manufacture. For silicone application ambient and surface temperatures shall be within a range of -29oC to 500C, and as recommended by sealant manufacturer. IIIIii IIIll .6 .7 Wipe all metal surfaces to be sealed with a cellulose sponge or clean rags soaked with ethyl alcohol and wipe dry with a clean cotton cloth. ... .8 Prepare surfaces in accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. .., .1 ... Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjoining surfaces prior to priming and sealing. .2 Prime sides of joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. MIXING .., .1 Mix materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ... 3.5 APPLICATION .3 .1 Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. ... .2 Mask edges of joint where irregular surface of sensitive joint border exists to provide neat joint. Apply sealant in continuous beads. IIli .4 Form surface of sealant with full bead, smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets, or embedded impurities. ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. , 11IIII - Date of Issue Client Proiect Title - .5 - .6 .. .7 - .. - .. 3.6 - .. .. - .. .. - - - - 07900 JOINT SEALERS Paae 5 of 5 Joints in flush surfaces shall be finished flush, and joints in internal angles shall be finished dull. Concave or convex profiles shall be rejected. Recess sealant in control joints and expansion joints of masonry wall to match adjacent mortar joints. Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. Apply sealant using gun having proper nozzle and approved by sealant manufacturer, minimum of 3 mm larger than the opening to be sealed. Use sufficient pressure to fill all voids and joints solid. .8 Sealants in chases shall be tooled to assure good adhesion to side of adjacent surfaces. .9 Provide adequate ventilation when applying in confined areas. Avoid direct contact with open flames. .10 .1 .2 Curing: Cure sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. Do not cover sealants until proper curing has taken place. CLEANING .1 Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. Surplus material shall not be permitted to set hard before removal. .2 Remove excess and droppings using manufacturer's recommended cleaners as work progresses. .3 Remove masking tape after initial set of sealant. END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES Paae 1 of 3 - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - - General .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS - .. .1 Section 07620 Metal Flashing, Soffits and Trim .2 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .3 Section 08710 Door Hardware 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS .4 Section 08800 Glass and Glazing - .1 .2 - .3 .. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. Indicate each type of door and frame, extrusion profiles, method of assembly, section and hardware reinforcement, finishes, and locations of exposed fasteners and manufacturer's nameplates. Submit catalogue details for each type of door and frame illustrating profiles, dimensions, and method of assembly. 1.4 SAMPLES - .. .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .2 Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sample of finished aluminum for the purpose of colour match verification by the Consultant. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA .1 Submit operation and maintenance data for inclusion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .. - 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver, store, and handle Products by methods recommended by the manufacturer. Store in enclosures protected from the elements and corrosive materials. - - - .2 Brace frames to maintain squareness and rigidity during shipment and installation. .3 Provide temporary protective coating to finished surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not use coatings that will become hard to remove or will leave residue. .4 Leave temporary protective coating in place until final cleaning of building prior to inspection to determine Substantial Performance of the Work. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES Page 2 of 3 1.7 2. Products 2.1 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ... GUARANTEE .. .1 Submit a guarantee, in a form acceptable to the Owner, for the materials and labour of this section guaranteeing that all installations will remain water- and weathertight, structurally sound and free from distortion, that aluminum finishes will not develop excessive fading or non- uniformity of colour, will not crack, peel, or corrode, that glazing splines and sealants will be free from deterioration from sunlight, weather, and oxidation, and will remain free from permanent deformation under load. ... .. .2 Guarantee shall be for a period of five (5) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. III MATERIALS .1 Aluminum extrusions: AA6063- T5 alloy and temper. .. .2 Sheet aluminum: AA 1100 or AA5005 anodizing quality. III .3 Steel reinforcement: to CAN/CSA G40.1, Grade 300W. .4 Glass: in accordance with Section 08800 Glass and Glazing. .. .5 Fasteners: aluminum or stainless steel for aluminum to aluminum contact, stainless steel for aluminum to steel contact. .6 Isolation coating: bituminous paint to CAN/CGSB-1.108. .. .7 Sealants: Type 1 and Type 3 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .. 2.2 ALUMINUM FINISHES 2.3 .5 .6 .1 Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum components with an 'nterpon 02000, AAMA 2604, Powder Coating, colour to match preformed metal cladding in accordance with Section 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding. A custom shade mav be reauired for colour match. .. FABRICATIONS .. .1 Doors and frames to be by same manufacturer. Acceptable manufacturer is Kawneer Company Canada Ltd. .2 All glazing to be in accordance with Section 08800 Glass and Glazing. IIIIIIi .3 Exterior doors: to be Medium Stile 350, with Norton 1605 Closer, MS locks, exterior threshold 115 mm, 1 pair butt hinges, weather stripping, Classic Hardware CO-9 with stainless steel US32 polished finish, flash cap across the top of the door, and glazed. Interior doors: to be Medium Stile 350, with Norton 1605 Closer, MS locks, 1 pair butt hinges, Classic Hardware CO-9 with stainless steel US32 polished finish, flash cap across the top of the door, and glazed. Exterior frames: to be Tri-Fab 451T, thermally broken entrance framing, 50 mm x 115 mm, glazed. Interior frames: to be Tri-Fab 450, non-thermally broken framing, 45 mm x 115 mm, glazed. III .... .4 .. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ifili - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES Paae 3 of 3 - - .. - - - .. 3. 3.1 INSTALLATION .1 Provide work square, true, straight, plumb and level, free from defects, and in locations and to dimensions indicated. - .. .. .. 3.2 .. .7 Weathering on offset pivot or butt hung doors (single or pairs) shall be Kawneer SEALAIR elastomeric weathering of tubular shape, with semi-rigid polymeric backing. Door bottom rail weathering (where required) shall be an extruded elastomeric blade sweep strip applied with concealed fasteners. .8 .9 Joint and intersecting members to be accurately fitted, in true planes, complete with adequate fastenings secured mechanically. .10 Fabricate doors and frames to profiles and maximum sizes indicated. Conceal fastenings. .11 Provide structural steel reinforcement as indicated and/or as required. .12 Welding shall conform to CSA W59, and be done by a fabricator approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA W47. .13 Isolate aluminum from direct contact with dissimilar metals, concrete, and masonry or mortar by back painting with isolation coating. Execution .2 Provide doors and hardware in accordance with hardware templates and manufacturer's instructions. .3 Adjust operable parts for correct operation. .4 Make allowances for deflection of structure to ensure that structural loads are not transmitted to doors or frames. GLAZING .1 Glaze doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in accordance with Section 08800 Glass and Glazing. 3.3 SEALANTS .1 Seal joints to provide weathertight seal at outside, and air and vapour seal at inside. .. .. .2 Apply sealant in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers and manufacturer's instructions. .3 Conceal sealant within the aluminum work except where exposed use is expressly permitted by the Consultant. .. 3.4 CLEANING .1 On completion of installation, remove all stains and smudges from all finished surfaces. - - .2 Clean and polish aluminum in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .3 Clean and polish glass in accordance with Section 08800 Glass and Glazing. END OF SECTION - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 08500 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Paae 1 of 3 - - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier .2 Section 07272 Air Barriers .3 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .4 Section 08800 Glass and Glazing 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS - - - - .. - .. .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. Indicate materials and details in scale full-size for head, jamb and sill, profiles of components, interior and exterior trim junction between combination units, elevations of units, anchorage details, locations of isolation coating, description of related components and exposed finishes, fasteners, and sealants. Indicate location of manufacturer's nameplates. .2 - 1.4 SAMPLES .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .. .2 Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sample of finished aluminum for the purpose of colour match verification by the Consultant. .. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA .1 Submit operation and maintenance data for inclusion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .. 1.6 .1 - .2 - .3 - - WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Provide a written warranty, in a form acceptable to the Owner, that the glazed aluminum windows will stay in place and remain leakproof, including coverage for complete window system failure. Provide a written guarantee, in a form acceptable to the Owner, for the complete installation Provided as part of the Work of this Contract against defective materials and workmanship. Warranty and guarantee shall be valid for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 08500 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 2 of 3 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition i? .. 2.2 2.3 2.4 3. 2. 2.1 Products MATERIALS ~1 III Ij .. .1 Extruded aluminum: AA6063-T54 alloy and temper. .2 .3 Sheet aluminum: AA 1100 or AA5005. 11II Fasteners: 300 series stainless steel or 400 series stainless steel cadmium plated, of sufficient size and quantity to perform their intended function. .4 Sealants: Type 1 and Type 3 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .5 -% iii Glass: in accordance with Section 08800 Glass and Glazing. ~ III .6 Isolation coating: bituminous paint to CAN/CGSB-1.1 08. .1 .. .1 ALUMINUM FINISHES .3 Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum components with an Interpon 02000, AAMA 2604, Powder Coating, colour to match preformed metal cladding in accordance with Section 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding. A custom shade mav be reauired for colour match. .. FABRICATION .1 .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 All windows, frames, and screens to be from one manufacturer. .. Fabricate windows to CAN/CSA-A440, supplemented as follows: Sash: aluminum. Main frame: aluminum. Thermally broken. Glazed in accordance with Section 08800 Glass and Glazing. Sizes as indicated. Face dimensions indicated are maximum permissible sizes. Metal sills: brake formed sheet aluminum of type and size indicated. ... IIIi Back-paint aluminum with isolation coating to isolate from the following components: Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white bronze of small area. Concrete, mortar, and masonry. Wood. I .. ... Welding: in accordance with CSA W59.2. ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS IIIIIii Execution .1 Fixed framing: to be 516 Isoport, as manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Limited. ... 3.1 INSTALLATION Install in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440. lIIlll .2 Arrange components to prevent abrupt variation in finish. iii Joint and intersecting members to be accurately fitted, in true planes, complete with adequate fastenings. II Thomas Brown Architects Inc. III February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 08500 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Paae 3 of 3 - - - - .. - 3.2 - ... - .. - .. - .. .. .. - - .4 .5 .6 .1 .2 .3 .7 CLEANING .1 Build and erect work square, true, plumb and level, free from defects detrimental to appearance and/or performance. Coordinate attachment and seal of air and vapour barriers. Sealing: Seal joints between windows and adjacent walls with sealant. Apply sealant in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. Bed sill expansion joint cover plates and drip deflectors in bedding compound. Conceal sealant within window units except where exposed use is permitted by Consultant. Welding to be performed by a welder approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau in accordance with CSA W47. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces. .2 Clean aluminum in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, taking care to remove dirt from corners. .3 Clean and polish glass in accordance with Section 08800 Glass and Glazing. .4 Remove excess sealant in accordance with both sealant and window manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - - 1. 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - - 08800 GLASS & GLAZING Paae 1 of 5 General .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 0790 Joint Sealers - - .2 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames .3 Section 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames .4 Section 08500 Aluminum Windows 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. .1 ... .2 .. .3 .. .4 ... 1.4 - ... - - Show scale elevations, sections, dimensions, or otherwise schedule quantity and type of glazing to be Provided at each location. Indicate clearances to rough opening or to adjacent framing, and maximum tolerances of adjacent construction. Provide details of perimeter and interface conditions. Show relationships to other work, engagement of glass, drainage of glazing channel, location of setting blocks, and placement of sealants and glazing splines or tapes. Show arrangement of hardware and identify structural fasteners. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS .1 Structural design. .1 Design glass according to CAN/CGSB-12.20. Limit glass deflection to L/175, to a maximum of 20 mm for any single light of insulating glass. .2 Thickness and heat treatment of clear glass may be adjusted to suit structural design requirements. .3 Thickness of tinted glass to be uniform throughout the entire building. .4 Structural design data: design for wind pressures, snow loads, and building movements indicated on, and in accordance with, the structural drawings. .2 Allow for deflection of building structure and framing members. Ensure that no structural loads are imposed on the glass. Provide edge and face clearances in keeping with glass manufacturer's written instructions for each type of glass used. .3 - 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING - .1 Deliver, store, and handle materials so as to avoid damage, following the glass manufacturer's recommendations. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - iii 08800 GLASS & GLAZING Page 2 of 5 .2 .3 .4 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 4 .. Keep handling to a minimum. Install glass as soon as possible after delivery to the Place of the Work. Avoid prolonged storage of glass at the Place of the Work. Store glass vertically, blocked off the floor, in a weathertight enclosure, in an area not subject to rain, dripping water, condensation, or sunlight. To prevent occurrence of condensation between leaves of stored glass, store at constant temperature above the dew point. Provide designated interior storage areas, in a clean, dry area free of dust and corrosive fumes. If interior storage cannot be provided, cover materials with tarpaulins or plastic hung frames so as to provide air circulation and prevent contaminants from contacting glass. III ... iii .1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ... 1.6 .2 Glaze with compounds, sealants, or tapes only when glazing surfaces are at temperatures recommended by the tape or sealant manufacturer, and when the substrate are free of moisture. Maintain ventilated environment for 24 hours after application. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during, and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. - III iii .3 Do not install any glazing until all nearby welding, grinding, sandblasting, waterproofing, mortar work, and acid etching are complete. 1.7 .1 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE .. All glass and glazing to be free from defects in materials and workmanship, and continue to perform satisfactorily throughout the Warranty Period. For mirrors, mirroring process shall have a five (5) year guarantee against flaking and peeling due to moisture in the atmosphere. .3 Provide warranty and guarantee in a form acceptable to the Owner. .2 .4 2. Products 2.1 GLASS .1 .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .1 .2 .6 .. wi Correct all deficiencies that appear during the Warranty Period, including removal and replacement of failed units, at no cost to the Owner. .. .. Float glass: glazing quality, to CAN/CGSB-12.3 Heat treated glass (tempered and heat strengthened): Flatness and visual quality tolerances to CAN/CGSB-12.1, Type 2, Class B, Category II, transparent. Fabrication of heat treated glass to fabrication requirements of ASTM C1048. IIIi IIIi Wire glass: to CAN/CGSB-12.11, Type 1, Style 3. Insulating Glass: glazing quality, to CAN/CGSB-12.8 / M90 Spandrel Glass: To CAN/CGSB-12.9, Type 2, Class A. Opaci-Coat 300 water-based silicone coated monolithic spandrel, standard colour. wi .. Mirrors: to CAN/CGSB-12.5, Type 1 B for high humidity use, except 20% salt solution to be used for the 300 hour salt spray test, 6 mm thick, sizes as indicated. III Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 11IIII - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 08800 GLASS & GLAZING Paae 3 of 5 - - 2.2 GLAZING SCHEDULE .1 Interior glazing (except as noted under Paragraph 2.2.4 below): 6 mm clear tempered. Exterior glazing (except as noted under Paragraph 2.2.3 below): 5 mm grey tempered / 13 mm air / 6 mm clear tempered. Low 'E' coating on NO.2 surface, Argon filled. .3 Door Types NL2: 6 mm wire glass. - .2 - 2.3 GLAZING MATERIALS .1 Low 'E' coating: .1 Acceptable Products: AFGD 'Comfort ES72N'. AFG/AFGD 'Comfort Ti-AC 40', Guardian 'Sun-Guard Super Neutral 68'. PPG 'Solarban 60'. Viracon 'Solarscreen 2000 VE 1-2M'. .2 Performance requirements; for clear glass units; based on Low 'E' coating on NO.2 surface, argon filled: Visible light: 70:f:1 %. Winter night-time Metric U-value (Imperial): 1.7 (0.29). Shading coefficient: 0.43 :f: 0.01. Solar heat gain coefficient: 0.37 :f: 0.01. .2 Setting blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 80 - 90 Shore A durometer hardness to ASTM 02240, length of 25 mm for each square metre of glazing. - - - - - ... .3 Spacer shims: Neoprene or EPDM, Shore A durometer hardness as recommended by glass manufacturer to ASTM 02240, 75 mm long x 1/2 height of glazing stop x thickness to suit application. Self-adhesive on one face. .. .4 .1 .2 .5 .1 .2 .6 .7 .8 .1 .2 .3 .9 .10 .. .. - .. - - Glazing tape: Preformed butyl compound, 10 - 15 Shore A durometer hardness to ASTM D2240. Acceptable material: Tremco 440 Tape, aluminum finish. Glazing compound: Neutral cure, one-part, high performance, medium modulous, silicone sealant. Acceptable material: Tremco Spectrum, colour to later selection by the Consultant from the manufacturer's full range of colours. Glazing splines: EPDM, precision extruded shapes to suit glazing channel retaining slot, colour as selected. Lock-strip gaskets: to ASTM C542. Mirror attachment accessories: Stainless steel clips. Plastic rosettes. Mirror adhesive to be chemically compatible with mirror coating and wall substrate. Sealants: Type 1 and Type 3 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. All glazing materials to be compatible with the materials they contact. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. i III 08800 GLASS & GLAZING Page 4 of 5 3. February 22,2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ';; .. .11 Setting blocks to be compatible with sealed unit edge sealants. Setting blocks for sealed units with silicone perimeter seals must be silicone. ;,::, .. .12 Sealants in contact with sealed unit edges to be compatible with unit edge sealants. iii .13 Heel, toe, and cap sealants to be compatible with glazing gaskets and glazing tapes. Execution :;f .. 3.1 INSPECTION .1 .. .2 Verify that all openings to receive glazing are square and plumb, correctly sized, and within acceptable tolerances to maintain uniform face and edge clearances. Inspect all butt and mitre joints in framing. Seal joints found to be open with a compatible sealant in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers and the manufacturer's instructions prior to glazing. ... .3 Ensure glazing pockets and all surfaces to be sealed are free of dust and construction debris and ready for glazing. .. .4 Report to the Consultant in writing any defects in existing work, or unsatisfactory conditions at the Place of the Work. Correct any such defects or unsatisfactory conditions expeditiously. Such corrective work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. .. 3.2 PREPARATION 3.3 .6 .7 .8 ... .1 Ensure fabricated glass will fit openings and that all required clearances to framing will be maintained. .2 Clean contact surfaces with solvent and apply primers to surfaces to receive tapes and sealants according to manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure surfaces are free of moisture and frost. ... INSTALLATION .. .1 Install all materials in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and reviewed shop drawings. Ensure each material used is compatible with the material it contacts. .2 Adjust operating sash before glazing. Glaze operating sash in closed position. Sash to remain closed, and not to be opened until glazing materials have properly cured. .... .3 Provide specified edge and face clearances and glass bite. .. .4 Ensure all vent and weep holes and passages remain free of obstructions. .5 Follow sealant manufacturers' recommendations for proper joint design, including use of joint fillers, primers, and bond breakers, as required to suit conditions. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances from glass and adjacent surfaces at completion of glazing work. Provide safety markings to installed glass by attaching streamers or tape to face of sash. Do not apply tape directly to the qlass. Do not mark qlass with paint ot anv other substance that is hard to remove or could leave permanent stains. IlIlII flIIIIi III replace all defective glass products damaged during installation. Such replacement will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ... - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 08800 GLASS & GLAZING Paae 5 of 5 - 3.4 PROTECTION - - .1 Take all precautions necessary to protect stored glass from all contaminants and activities that could permanently damage glass surface. .2 Install protective cover to glass where there is a high risk of damage. Use plywood, heavy duty kraft paper, or non-staining transparent plastic sheet. Do not let protective materials contact the surface of the glass. - 3.5 CLEANING ... .3 Remove all protective materials, labels, and other deposits from glass. Clean glass in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations using only glass cleaning solutions meeting CAN/CGSB-2.55. Any damage caused as a result of use of a cleaning solution not meeting CAN/CGSB-2.55 will be made good to satisfaction of the Consultant, including replacement of damaged units if necessary. Such making good and/or replacement will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. Clean and restore stained or damaged surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Replace glass if cleaning is impossible. Such replacement will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. - .1 .2 - - END OF SECTION .. - .. - .. - - - - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 09110 NON-BEARING WALL & CEILING FRAMING Paae 1 of 2 - - 1. General - 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. .. - .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. - 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 07900 Joint Sealers 2. Products - 2.1 - - ... .. MATERIALS .1 Non-load bearing channel and stud framing: to ASTM C645, 92 mm stud size, roll formed from minimum 0.91 mm thick hot dipped galvanized steel sheet, for screw attachment of gypsum board. Knock-out service holes at 460 mm centres. .2 Floor and ceiling tracks: to ASTM C645, in widths to suit stud sizes, 32 mm flange height. .3 Metal channel stiffener: sizes as required, 1.4 mm tick cold rolled steel, coated with rust inhibitive coating. .4 Sealant: Type 4 in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .5 Insulating strip: rubberized, moisture resistant 3 mm tick foam strip, 12 mm wide, with self- sticking adhesive on one face, lengths as required. ... 3.1 3. Execution ERECTION ... .. .. .. .. - .1 Align partition tracks at floor and ceiling and secure at 400 mm on centre maximum. .2 Place studs at 400 mm on centre and not more than 50 mm from abutting walls, and at each side of openings and corners. Position vertical studs in tracks at floor and ceiling, and horizontal (ceiling) studs in tracks attached to vertical studs. Cross-brace steel studs as required to provide rigid installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .3 Erect studs to tolerance of 1: 1 000. .4 Attach studs to floor and ceiling tracks using screws. Attach floor and ceiling tracks to studs for ceiling framing using screws. Coordinate simultaneous erection of studs with installation of service lines. When erecting studs, ensure web openings are aligned. Coordinate erection of studs with installation of door and window frames and special supports or anchorage for other work. .7 Provide two (2) studs extending from the floor to ceiling at each side of openings wider than stud centres specified. Secure studs together, 50 mm apart, using column clips or other approved .5 .6 Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - 009110 NON-LOADING BEARING WALL & CEILING FRAMING Page 2 of 2 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition .~ .. .8 .9 .10 J means of fastening placed alongside frame clips. Erect track at head of door and window openings and sills of window openings to accommodate intermediate studs. Secure track to studs at each end, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install intermediate studs above and below openings in same manner and spacing. .j ,i lit Frame openings and around built-in equipment, cabinets, and access panels on four sides. Extend framing into reveals. Check clearances with equipment Suppliers. 14 .. Provide 40 mm stud or furring channel secured between studs for attachment of fixtures behind lavatory basins, toilet and bathroom accessories, and other fixtures including grab bars and towel rails, attached to steel stud partitions. .. .12 .11 Provide steel studs or furring channel between studs for attaching electrical and other boxes. Extend partitions to ceiling height except where indicated otherwise. .. .14 .13 Maintain clearance under steel joists to avoid transmission of structural loads to studs. .15 Provide continuous insulating strips to isolate studs from uninsulated surfaces. Provide two (2) continuous beads of sealant or insulation strip under studs and tracks around perimeter of sound control partitions. .w .. END OF SECTION ... .. ... III ... lIliiI IIIi ,;1 .. ... Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - February 22, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarin9ton Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING Paae 1 of 3 - - 1. General 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS - .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. - .2 Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Requirements. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS - .1 Section 07260 Sheet Vapour Barrier 1.3 SUBMITTALS - .1 Product Data: .1 Submit product data in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. - .2 Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for specified flooring, include documentation of conformance to specified requirements. .2 Quality Assurance Submittal: .. .1 Manufacturer's printed installation instructions, including product storage requirements. .3 Closeout Submittals: .1 Submit closeout submittals in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .. .2 Submit the manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and maintenance of installed flooring, including a list of recommended cleaning and maintenance products, for inclusion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. - .3 3 copies of the manufacturer's printed warranty documents for inclusion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. .4 Extra Materials: .. .1 Submit extra materials in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .2 Provide one (1) full box of extra materials for each colour, type, and pattern of resilient tile flooring, base, and adhesive. .. .3 Extra materials to be from same production run and installed materials. .4 Clearly identify each container as to contents and location of installation. .5 Deliver to the Owner upon completion of the work of this section and store where directed by Consultant. .. .5 Qualitv Assurance .6 Supplier shall be an established firm experienced with the specified flooring. .. .7 Installer shall be experienced with the installation of specified flooring and be approved by the manufacturer. .. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Permanent heat, light, and ventilation shall be operative before, during and after installation, maintaining a temperature range of between 180C and 30oC. Flooring shall not be delivered or installed until all masonry, gypsum board, tile work, and overhead mechanical and electrical work is completed and the building is enclosed and - .2 - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - M ~ Ii 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 2 of 3 .3 2. Products 2.1 February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ~ '% IIIii weathertight. Handle and store flooring material with seals and labels intact. Protect materials against damage in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. "4 .I H ..i MATERIALS i~ III .1 .1 .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 Resilient Flooring: To match existing. Consultant to advise by Addendum. Resilient Base: To CAN/CSA-A12.5, Type 1, rubber, Style B (cove), 3.2 mm thick x 100 mm high, cut lengths minimum 2400 mm, continuous, top set, complete with premoulded end stops and corners. Acceptable materials: To match existing. Consultant to advise by Addendum. ..j III Metal Edae Strios: Aluminum extruded, smooth, with lip to extend under floor finish, shoulder flush with top of adjacent floor finish. Adhesive: as recommended by respective manufacturer for use with specified flooring, stair treads, and base. lIIIIii IllIi 3. Subfloor Filler: as recommended by respective flooring manufacturer for use with their product. Execution iii .1 3.1 INSPECTION IIIIIIi .2 Inspect the floor slab for proper tolerance: The floor slab shall be smooth trowelled and level to a tolerance of 3 mm in a 3,000 mm radius. High areas shall be ground down and low areas filled-in with approved levelling compounds. lIIIIIiI .4 .3 Floor slab shall have been cured for a minimum of 60 days. .5 3.2 The slab shall be cleaned of all debris, free from any grease, oil, paint, dust, or any contamination, and have a moisture content of 5% or lower. .. Report to the Consultant all damages, defects, unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions before proceeding with flooring installation. Correct defective or unfavourable conditions expeditiously. Such corrective work wiil not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. IllIl INSTALLATION: TILE FLOORING ... .2 .1 Install flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .3 .4 Apply adhesive uniformly using recommended trowel in accordance with flooring manufacturer's instructions. Do not spread more adhesive than can be covered by flooring before initial set takes place. Lay flooring with joints parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern. Border tiles minimum half tile width. iii .. Install flooring to checkerboard pattern. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. ~ IIIiI - February 22, 2006 Tender # - CL2006-14 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING Paae 3 of 3 - - - - .5 As installation progresses, and after installation, roll flooring in accordance with flooring manufacturer's instructions to ensure full adhesion. .6 Cut tile and fit neatly around fixed objects. .7 Terminate flooring at centerline of door in openings where adjacent floor finish or colour is dissimilar. .8 Install metal edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. 3.3 INSTALLATION: RESILIENT BASE .1 Layout base to keep number of joints to a minimum. Base joints at maximum length available or at internal or premoulded corners. - - - - - - .2 Clean substrate and prime with one coat of adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .3 Apply adhesive to back of base in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .4 Set base against wall and floor surfaces tightly by using 3 kg hand roller. .5 Install straight and level to a variation of 1:1000. .6 Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. Use premoulded and pieces at flush door frames. .7 Cope internal corners. Use premoulded corner units for right angle external corners. Use formed straight base material for external corners of other angles, minimum 300 mm each leg. .8 Install toeless type base before installation of carpet on floors. 3.4 CLEANING .1 Upon completion of the work, remove all debris, equipment and excess material resulting from the work of this Section. .. - .2 Clean, seal or wax the floor surface accordino to the floorino manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.5 PROTECTION .1 Protect new floors from damage from time of final set of adhesive until final inspection. .. - 3.6 .. - - .2 Prohibit traffic on flooring for 48 hours after installation. MAINTENANCE .1 Upon completion of the floor installation, illustrate to the Owner the proper use of the flooring manufacturer's recommended cleaning and maintenance products to achieve the highest level of maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 09900 PAINTING Paae 1 of 8 - - 1. General ... .1 1.1 PRELIMINARY REQUIREMENTS 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies .2 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications .3 Section 07465 Prefinished Metal Cladding .4 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames .. 1.3 REFERENCES - .2 - - .. ... .1 ... Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all of Division 1 General Requirements. Requests for substitutions for Products specified or indicated will not be considered unless the request is in strict accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. The Canadian Painting Contractors Association (CPCA) publication "The Painting Specifications Manual 2000", as distributed by the Ontario Painting Contractors Association (OPCA), shall govern all material standards and execution practices for the work and materials of this section. 1.4 PRODUCT DATA !III .1 .2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .3 !III ... .. 1.5 SAMPLES !III .1 .2 .3 .4 .1 .2 .3 .4 .. - - Submit product data in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. Submit full records of all Products used. List each Product in relation to finish formula and include the following which are to correspond with the Contract Documents: Finish formula number. Colour number. Location of use. Manufacturer's product number. Manufacturer's name and address. Submit manufacturer's application instructions for each product used. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330 Submittals. Submit 300 mm x 200 mm sample panels of each type of paint or stain and each colour specified. Submit full range of available colours where colour availability is restricted. Sample surfaces: Use 50 mm concrete masonry unit for finishes over concrete or concrete masonry surfaces. Use 3 mm thick steel for finishes over metal surfaces. Use 12.7 mm thick birch plywood for finishes over wood surfaces. Use 12.7 mm thick gypsum board for finishes over gypsum board and other smooth surfaces. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 09900 PAINTING Page 2 of 8 1.6 J February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition J .1 QUALITY ASSURANCE .J Retain purchase orders, invoices, and other documents to prove that all materials utilized in the Work meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Produce documents when requested by the Consultant. .2 Standards of acceptance: .1 Walls: No defects visible from a distance of 1000 mm at 90r to viewing surface. .2 Ceilings: No defects visible from floor at 451 to surface when viewed using fina'lighting source. .3 Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and uniformity of sheen across full surface area. iii .. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .. .1 .2 .1 .2 .. .4 .5 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1.8 Deliver and store materials in original containers, sealed, with labels intact. Indicate the following on containers or wrappings corresponding to the Contract Documents: Finish formula number. Colour number. Location of use. Manufacturer's product number. Manufacturer's name and address. j;j .. ...~ iii Remove damaged, opened, and rejected materials from the Place of the Work. Provide and maintain dry, temperature controlled, and secure storage. Observe manufacturer's recommendations for storage and handling. Store Products and equipment away from heat generating devices, in a well ventilated area with temperature range of 7 deg C to 30 deg C. .. ... ... Store temperature sensitive. Products above minimum and below maximum temperatures recommended by manufacturer. Remove Products and equipment from storage only in quantities required for same day use. ... Keep areas used for storage, cleaning, and preparation clean and orderly to the approval of the Consultant. After completion of operations, return areas to clean condition to approval of Consultant. .. .1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ... .2 .3 .4 In enclosed spaces, provide continuous ventilation during and after application of paint. Run ventilation system 24 hours per day during application and provide continuous ventilation for seven (7) days after completion of application. Apply paint only when surface to be painted is dry, properly cured, and adequately prepared, and any previous coat is dry. .. ... Apply paint only when temperature at the location of application can be satisfactorily maintained within paint manufacturer's prescribed range. o ;c~ .. Apply paint only when conditions forecast for entire period of application comply paint manufacturer's prescribed conditions. .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. iJ .. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 09900 PAINTING Paae 3 of 8 - - ... ... - - .. .8 - .9 .. .10 .. .5 Maintain minimum substrate and ambient temperatures of 5 deg C for alkyd and 7 deg C for latex paints. Maximum relative humidity to be 85%. Maintain supplemental heating until paint has cured sufficiently. .6 Where surface to be painted is not under cover, do not apply paint when: .1 Substrate and ambient air temperature are below 5 deg C for alkyd and 7deg C for latex paints, or when temperature is expected to drop to 0 deg C before paint has thoroughly cured. .2 Substrate and ambient air temperatures are expected to fall outside the limits prescribed by the paint manufacturer. .3 Temperature of surface is over 50 deg C, unless paint is specifically formulated for application at high temperatures. .4 Rain or snow are forecast to occur before paint has thoroughly cured, it is foggy, misty, raining, or snowing at the Place of the Work, or the relative humidity is above 85%. Provide and maintain cover when paint must be applied in damp or cold weather. Heat substrates and surrounding air to comply with temperature and humidity conditions prescribed herein and by paint manufacturer. Protect until paint is dry, or until weather conditions are suitable. .7 .. 1.9 SCHEDULING .11 Apply paint finish only in areas where dust is no longer being generated by construction operations so that airborne particle-s will not affect the quality of the finished surface. Remove paint from areas which have been exposed to freezing, excess humidity, rain, snow, or condensation. Prepare surface again and repaint. Such reparatory work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. Schedule painting operations such that surfaces exposed to direct, intense sunlight are scheduled for completion during the early morning. Provide minimum 270 Ix on surface to be painted. .. .. .1 Submit work schedule for various stages of painting to the Consultant for review. Submit schedule a minimum of 48 hours in advance of proposed operations. Obtain written authorization from the Consultant for any changes in work schedule. .2 Schedule painting operations to minimize disruption in and about the Place of the Work. .3 Painting of occupied facilities to be carried-out in accordance with reviewed schedule only. Schedule operations such that painted surfaces will have dried and cured sufficiently before occupants are affected. .. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS .. - - .1 Submit maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .2 Submit one (1) 1 L can of each type of paint used. Identify can in accordance with Paragraph 1.7.2 (above), with corresponding colour schedule to be incorporated into the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01770 Project Closeout. .3 Deliver to Owner and store where directed. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 09900 PAINTING Page 4 of 8 J February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ~ '1\ III .3 .. 2.1 2. Products MATERIALS H IIIi .1 Only Products listed in the CPCA Approved Products Lists, June 2003, are acceptable for use in the Work. .2 .3 , ,$ .. Products for each finish formula to be products of a single manufacturer. Where possible, select Products exhibiting low odour characteristics. If two (2) Products are otherwise equivalent, select the Product with the lowest odour. .. 2.2 COLOURS .1 .. .2 Perform all colour tinting operations prior to delivery of Products to the Place of the Work. Tinting will be allowed at the Place of the Work only with the Consu/tanfs written authorization. Second coat in a three (3) coat system to be tinted slightly lighter colour than top coat to show visible difference between coats. III .3 A minimum of six (6) different CGlours will be used iA addition to the foltowing: .1 All bollards to be painted yellow. .2 All pavement markings to be white. .3 Piping and ductwork colours to be same as adjacent surface except as follows: .1 All fire protection piping to be painted red. .2 All natural gas piping to be painted yellow. .. .~ ... 2.3 INTERIOR PAINT FINISHES .8 .9 .1 IIIi Formula 1 (Alkyd): for all interior wood noted to receive a paint finish, apply CPCA System INT- 1-A, custom, semi-gloss finish coat. .2 Formula 2: for all interior wood work noted to receive a stain finish, apply CPCA System INT-1- F, custom, semi-gloss finish coat. - .3 Formula 3 (Latex): for gypsum board walls and ceilings, except for those noted for PWF, apply CPCA System INT-4-B, premium, egg-shell finish coat. Formula 4 (Epoxy): for gypsum board walls and ceilings noted to receive PWF, apply CPCA System INT-4-D, custom, gloss finish coat. .5 Formula 5 (Alkyd): for cotton or canvas insulation coverings apply CPCA System INT-5-C, custom, high-gloss finish coat. lIIIlIi .4 - .6 tIii Formula 6 (Alkyd): for concrete block walls, except those noted for PWF, apply CPCA System INT-8-B, premium, semi-gloss finish coat. .7 Formula 7 (Epoxy): for concrete block walls noted to receive PWF, apply CPCA System INT-8- C, custom, gloss finish coat. III Formula 8 (Alkyd): for shop primed ferrous metal surfaces except structural steel and steel deck, apply CPCA System INT-12-A, custom, semi-gloss finish coat. Formula 9 (Alkyd): for structural steel and steel deck, apply CPCA System INT-12-E, dry fall/fog finish. .. ..i Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition - - 09900 PAINTING Paae 5 of 8 .10 Formula 10 (Alkyd): for galvanized and zinc coated metal except structural steel and steel deck, apply CPCA System INT-13-A, custom, semi-gloss finish coat. 2.4 EXTERIOR PAINT FINISHES .1 Formula 11: exterior woodwork noted to receive stain finish apply CPCA System EXT -1-C. Formula 12 (Alkyd): for pavement markings (parking lines and symbols) on asphalt concrete pavement, apply CPCA System EXT-7-A. - - - - 3. 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Investigate existing substrates for problems related to proper and complete preparation of surfaces to be painted. Report to the Consultant in writing any unfavourable conditions before proceeding with application. - - - - - .2 .3 Formula 13 (Alkyd): for shop primed ferrous exterior metal surfaces noted for paint, apply CPCA System EXT-11-A, custom. .4 Formula 14 (Alkyd): for galvanized and zinc coated exterior metal surfaces noted for paint, apply CPCA System EXT-12-A, custom. Execution .2 Investigate moisture content of surfaces to be painted using electric moisture meter or other approved method and report findings to Consultant. Do not proceed with application until conditions fall within the following ranges: .1 Concrete and concrete masonry: 12% to 14% for solvent coatings, and as recommended by manufacturer for water based coatings. .2 Gypsum board and plaster: 12% to 14%. .3 Wood: maximum 15%. .3 Correct any defective work or unfavourable conditions expeditiously. Corrective work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. 3.2 PREPARATION .1 Prepare surfaces to receive work of this section in accordance with Chapter 3 of the CPCA Manual. .. - .. - - .2 Prepare existing surfaces to be repainted in accordance with Article 6.2 of CAN/CGSB-85.1 00. .3 Remove electrical cover plates, light fixtures, surface hardware on doors, door stops, washroom accessories, and all other surface mounted fittings and fastenings prior to undertaking any painting operations. Store for reinstallation after painting operations have been completed. .4 Cover or move portable equipment as necessary to carry-out painting operations. Replace as painting operations progress. .5 Prevent contamination of cleaned surfaces by salts, acids, alkalis, other corrosive chemicals, grease, oil, and solvents before prime coat is applied, and between applications of remaining coats. Apply primer, paint, or pretreatment as soon as possible after cleaning and before deterioration occurs. - 3.3 PROTECTION .1 Protect surfaces not to be painted from paint spatters, markings, and other damage resulting - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 09900 PAINTING Page 6 of 8 .2 .3 .4 .5 3.4 MIXING .1 .2 3.5 .J February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition ~ .. from the work of this section. If damaged, clean and restore such surfaces as required or directed. Such reparatory work will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. Cover or mask floors, windows, and other ornamental hardware adjacent to areas being painted to prevent damage and to protect from paint drops and splatters. Use non-staining coverings. Protect items that are permanently attached. Protect factory finished Products and equipment. Protect passing persons in and about the Place of the Work. & III ~ .II ,} j III ... Mix paint ingredients in container before and during use and ensure breaking-up of lumps, complete dispersion of settled pigments, and uniform composition. Thin paint for sprayed application in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. iii APPLICATION ~ ... .1 .2 .1 .2 .3 .3 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 Method of application to be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and CPCA Painting Specification Manual. -;:1 ... Brush application: Work paint into cracks, crevices, and corners. Paint surfaces not accessible to brushes by spray, daubers, or sheepskins. Brush-out runs and sags. Remove runs, sags, and brush marks for finished work and repaint. ... Spray and electrostatic spray application: Provide and maintain equipment that is suitable for intended purpose, capable of properly atomizing paint to be applied, and equipped with suitable pressure regulators and gauges. Keep paint ingredients properly mixed in containers during paint application either by continuous mechanical agitation or by intermittent agitation as frequently as necessary. Apply paint in a uniform layer, with overlapping at edges of spray pattern. Brush out immediately all runs and sags. Use brushes to work paint into cracks, crevices, and places which are not adequately painted by spray. Use dipping, sheepskins, or daubers only when no other method is practical in places of difficult access and only when specifically authorized by the Consultant. lIIIIIi lIIIIIi .. 11IIII Apply each coat of paint as a continuous film of uniform thickness. Repaint thin spots or bare areas before next coat of paint is applied. .. Allow surfaces to dry and properly cure after cleaning and between subsequent coats for minimum time period as recommended by manufacturer. III Sand and dust between each coat to remove visible defects. Finish tops of cupboards, cabinets, and projecting ledges, both above and below sight lines, as specified or indicated for surrounding surfaces unless specifically indicated otherwise. Finish inside of cupboards and cabinets as specified or indicated for outside surfaces unless specifically indicated otherwise. .,', .. 11II Thomas Brown Architects Inc. .. - - February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition 09900 PAINTING Paae 7 of 8 - - .10 Finish closets and alcoves as specified or indicated for adjoining rooms unless specifically indicated otherwise. .11 Finish top, bottom, edges, and cutouts of doors after fitting as specified or indicated for door surfaces unless specifically indicated otherwise. 3.6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - .1 In finished areas, paint exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork, and other mechanical and electrical equipment. Colour and texture to match adjacent surfaces, except for exposed gas and fire protection piping, which is to be coloured as noted under Paragraph 2.2.3 (above). - .2 In boiler, mechanical, and electrical rooms, paint exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork, and other mechanical and electrical equipment. Colour and texture to match adjacent surfaces, - except for exposed gas and fire protection piping, which is to be coloured as noted under Paragraph 2.2.3 (above). .3 In other unfinished areas, leave exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork, and other - mechanical and electrical equipment in original finish and touch-up scratches and marks. .4 Touch-up scratches and marks on factory painted finishes and equipment with paint or finish as .. supplied by the manufacturer of that equipment. .5 Do not paint over nameplates. .. .6 Paint inside of ductwork where visible behind grilles, registers, and diffusers with primer and one (1) coat of matte black paint. .7 Paint disconnect switches for fire alarm system and exit lights in red enamel. .. .8 Paint both sides and edges of backboards for telephone and electrical equipment before installation. Leave equipment in original finish except for touch-up as required, and paint conduits, mounting accessories, and other unfinished items. .. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .. .. .. .. 3.8 - - If deemed necessary by the Consultant, field inspection of painting operations to be carried out by the Ontario Painting Contractors Association. If work is found to be deficient or substandard by the inspector, the cost of the inspection will not be considered or approved as a change in the Work and shall be borne by the Contractor. Such deficient work shall be made good and such reparatory work shall not be considered or approved as a change in the Work. Advise the Consultant when each applied coating is ready for inspection. Do not proceed with subsequent coats until previous coat has been approved. .3 Cooperate with inspection firm and provide access to all areas of the Work. .1 .2 CLEANING .1 Clean and reinstall all hardware items that were removed before painting operations. .2 Remove protective coverings and warning signs as soon as practical after operations cease. .3 Remove paint splashings on exposed surfaces that were not painted. Remove smears and spatter immediately as operations progress. .4 Protect freshly completed surfaces. Avoid scuffing newly applied paint. - Thomas Brown Architects Inc. 09900 PAINTING Page 8 of 8 .5 ~ .. February 22, 2006 Municipality of Clarington Enniskillen Fire Hall Addition J END OF SECTION Restore areas used for storage, cleaning, mixing, and handling of paint to clean condition. ~ .. Thomas Brown Architects Inc. il .. ::~ .. '@ 11III .. 1 .. , ... IIIi ..l lIIIIII .. , .. J .. J .I J 41 . Standard construction document eeDe Stipulated price contract Project: ENNISKILLEN FIRE STATION ADDITION FOR THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON Apply a CCDC 2 copyright seal here. The application of the seal demonstrates the intention of the party proposing the use of this document that it be an accurate and UIWI1ended form of CCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditiom. [S [S D [S Canadian construction documents committee Reprint 1999 .. .. I lSlSDlS Canadian construction documents committee The Canadian Construction Documents Committee is a joint committee composed of owners and representatives appointed by: The Association of Consulting Engineers of Canada The Canadian Construction Association Construction Specifications Canada The Royal Architectural Institute of Canada Committee policy and procedures are directed and approved by the constituent organizations. This document has been endorsed by each of the above organizations. Enquiries should be directed to: The Secretary Canadian Construction Documents Committee 75 Albert Street Suite 400 Ottawa, Ontario KIP 5E7 Tel: (613) 236-9455 Fax: (613) 236-9526 www.ccdc.org .. Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 - 1994 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 4 ALLOWANCES GC 4.1 Cash Allowances GC 4.4 Contingency Allowance AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR A-I The Work A-2 Agreements and Amendments A-3 Contract Documents A-4 Contract Price A-5 Payment A-6 Receipt of and Addresses for Notices A-7 Language ofthe Contract A-S Succession DEFINITIONS 1. Contract 2. Contract Documents 3. Owner 4. Contractor 5. Subcontractor 6. Supplier 7. Consultant S. Project 9. Work 10. Place of The Work 11. Product 12. Provide 13. Contract Price 14. Contract Time 15 . Working Day 16. Supplemental Instruction 17. Change Order IS. Change Directive 19. Substantial Performance of the Work 20. Value Added Taxes PART 5 GC5.1 GC5.2 GC5.3 GC5A GC5.5 GC5.6 GC5.7 GC5.S GC5.9 PART 6 GC6.1 GC6.2 GC6.3 GC6.4 GC6.5 PART 7 GC7.1 GC7.2 PART 8 GCS.I GCS.2 GCS.3 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT PART 1 GC 1.1 GC 1.2 GC 1.3 GCIA PART 2 GC2.1 GC2.2 GC2.3 GC2A PART 3 GC3.1 GC 3.2 GC3.3 GC 3.4 GC3.5 GC3.6 GC3.7 GC3.S GC3.9 GC 3.10 GC 3.11 GC 3.12 GC 3.13 GC 3.14 GENERAL PROVISIONS Contract Documents Law of The Contract Rights and Remedies Assignment PART 9 GC9.1 GC9.2 GC9.3 PAYMENT Financing Information Required of the Owner Applications for Progress Payment Progress Payment Substantial Performance of the Work Payment of Holdback upon Substantial Performance of the Work Progressive Release of Holdback Final Payment Withholding of Payment Non-conforming Work CHANGES IN THE WORK Changes Change Order Change Directive Concealed or Unknown Conditions Delays DEFAULT NOTICE Owner's Right to Perform The Work. Stop The Work, or Terminate The Contract Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate The Contract DISPUTE RESOLUTION Authority of The Consultant Negotiation, Mediation, and Arbitration Retention of Rights PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Protection of Work and Property Damages and Mutual Responsibility Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Materials PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS GC 10.1 Taxes and Duties GC 10.2 Laws, Notices, Permits, and Fees GC 10.3 Patent Fees GC lOA Workers' Compensation ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Authority of The Consultant Role of The Consultant Review and Inspection of The Work Defective Work: PART 11 INSURANCE - BONDS GC 11.1 Insurance GC 11.2 Bonds EXECUTION OF THE WORK Control of the Work: Construction by Owner or Other Contractors Temporary Supports, Structures, and Facilities Document Review Construction Schedule Construction Safety Supervisor Subcontractors and Suppliers Labour and Products Documents at The Site Shop Drawings Use ofthe Work Cutting and Remedial Work Cleanup PART 12 INDEMNIIFICATlON - WAIVER- WARRANTY GC 12.1 Indemnification GC 12.2 Waiver of Claims GC 12.3 Warranty CCDC Copyright 1994 Must not be copied in whole or in part without the written permission ofthe CCDe. Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 - 1994 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR For use when a stipulated price is the basis of payment This Agreement made on the 5th day of July in the year 2006 by and between The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington hereinafter called the "Owner" and Samson Management and Solutions Ltd. hereinafter called the "Contractor" The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE A-I THE WORK The Contractor shall: 1.1 perform the Work required by the Contract Documents for Enniskillen Fire Station Addition located at 2354 Concession Road 8, Enniskillen, Ontario. which have been signed by the parties, and for which Thomas Brown Architects Inc. is acting as and is hereinafter called the "Consultant" and 1.2 do and fulfill everything indicated by this Agreement, and 1.3 commence the Work by the 19th day of July In the 'year 2006 and, subject to adjustment in Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents, attain Substantial Performance of the Work, by the 30th day of August in the year 2006 . ccDC 2 - 1994 File 00502 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. ARTICLE A-2 2.1 The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral, relating in any manner to the Work, including the bidding documents that are not expressly listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.2 The Contract may be amended only as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE A-3 3.1 The following are the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-I of the Agreement - THE WORK: . Agreement Between Owner and Contractor . Definitions . The General Conditions of the Stipulated Price Contract SPECIFICATIONS AS LISTED IN SECTION 00010 OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. DRAWINGS AS LISTED IN SECTION 00015 OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. * (Insert here, attaching additional pages if required, a list identifying all other Contract Documents e.g. Supplementary Conditions; Specifications, giving a list of contents with section numbers and titles, number of pages, and date; Drawings, giving drawing number, title, date, revision date or mark; Addenda, giving title, number, date) ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 This conrract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 documenr not conraining a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the documenr cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are setforth in supplementary conditions. 2 ARTICLE A-4 4.1 The Contract Price, which excludes Value Added Taxes, is: One Hundred and Thirteen Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty dollars and o cents. $ 113,850_00 4.2 Value Added Taxes (of 6 %) payable by the Owner to the Contractor are: Six thousand eight Hundred and Thirty-one dollars and o cents. $ 6,831.00 4.3 Total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the construction of the Work is: One Hundred and Twenty Thousand Six Hundred and Eighty- one dollars and o cents. $ 120,681.00 4.4 All amounts are in Canadian funds. 4.5 These amounts shall be subject to adjustments as provided in the Contract Documents. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00502 3 This contract is protected by Copyright Use of a eCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a ceDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. ARTICLE A-5 PAYMENT 50 I Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, and in accordance with legislation and statutory regulations respecting holdback percentages and, where such legislation or regulations do not exist or apply, subject to a holdback of Ten Percent (10 %) the Owner shall in Canadian funds: .1 make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Price when due in the amount certified by the Consultant together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment, and .2 upon Substantial Pelformance of the Work, pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the holdback amount when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment, and .3 upon the issuance of the final certificate for payment, pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the Contract Price when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment. 5.2 In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the property and boiler insurance policies, payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of GC I I I INSURANCE 5.3 Interest .1 Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of the Contract or in an award by arbitration or court, interest at of Zero percent ( 0 %) per annum above the bank rate on such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until payment. Such interest shall be compounded on a monthly basis. The bank rate shall be the rate established by the Bank of Canada as the minimum rate at which the Bank of Canada makes short term advances to the chartered banks. .2 Interest shall apply at the rate and in the manner prescribed by paragraph 5.3.1 of this Article on the amount of any claim settled pursuant to Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION from the date the amount would have been due and payable under the Contract, had it not been in dispute, until the date it is paid. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDe 2 - 199./ except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 4 ARTICLE A-6 RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES 6.1 Notices in writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended by hand or by registered post; or if sent by regular post, to have been delivered within 5 Working Days of the date of mailing when addressed as follows: The Owner at 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario LIe 3A6 The Contractor at 20 Venture Drive #7, Toronto, Ontario MIB 3A7 The Consultant at 394 King Street Easdt, Toronto, Ontario M5A IK9 ARTICLE A-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT 7.1 When the Contract Documents are prepared in both the English and French languages, it is agreed that in the event of any apparent discrepancy between the English and French versions, the English language shall prevail. · Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable term. 7.2 This Agreement is drawn in English at the request of the parties hereto. La presente convention est redigee en anglais a la demande des parties. ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION 8.1 The Contract Documents are to be read into and form part of this Agreement and the whole shall constitute the Contract between the parties, and subject to the law and the provisions of the Contract Documents shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 5 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an itifringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDe 2 _ 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. In witness whereof the parties hereto and by the hands of their duly authorized representatives. SIGNED AND DELIVERED in the presence of: OWNER The Corporation of the Municipality of Cl~ signature John Mutton, Mayor CLu~ 3, 2.00'=- name and title of q/rson sign ng WITNESS signature i L rrie, Clerk OUBuS I-- 3; 20010 name and title of person signing name and title of person signing CONTRACTOR Samson Management and Solutions Ltd. rr<-;=:-,,==::> -=- J]\5oN W. 'B~~~ f~'ID~ ,=,=d,;d"/p""",i""i'g I .~ . ()C~ signature sIgnature ~ ~ WITNESS name and title of person signing ~~tl~P~S~~~C i ~8L ~~ iT N.B. Where legal jurisdiction, local practice, or Owner or Contractor requirement calls for: (a) proof of authority to execute this document, attach such proof of authority in the form of a certified copy of a resolution naming the representative(s) authorized to sign the Agreement for and on behalf of the corporation or partnership; or (b) the affixing of a corporate seal, this Agreement should be properly sealed. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00502 6 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate rhat it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 1994 except ro the extent that any alterations. additions or modifications are setforth in supplementary conditions. Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 - 1994 DEFINITIONS The following Definitions shall apply to all Contract Documents. 1. Contract The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreement between the parties. 2. Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of those documents listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and amendments agreed upon between the parties. 3. Owner The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owners authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing, but does not include the Consultant. 4. Contractor The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Contractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing. 5. Subcontractor A Subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts of the Work, or to supply Products worked to a special design for the Work. 6. Supplier A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products not worked to a special design for the Work. 7. Consultant The Consultant is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The Consultant is the Architect, the Engineer, or entity licensed to practice in the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The term Consultant means the Consultant or the Consultant's authorized representative. 8. Project The Project means the total construction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part. 9. Work The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. 10. Place ofthe Work The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Work identified in Article A-I of the Agreement - THE WORK. 11. Product Product or Products means material, machinery, equipment, and fIxtures forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used to prepare, fabricate, convey, or erect the Work, which are referred to as construction machinery and equipment. 12. Provide Provide means to supply and install. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00602 7 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCOC 2 document not containing a CCOC 2 copyright seal constitules an infringement of Copyrighl. Only sign Ihis conlracl if Ihe document cover page bears a CCOC 2 copyrighl seal 10 demonslrale Ihal il is intended by Ihe parlies 10 be an aa:urale and unamended version of CCOC 2 _ 1994 excepllo Ihe exlenllhal any allerations, addilions or modifications are sel forth in supplemenlary conditions. 13. Contract Price The Contract Price is the amount stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement - CONTRACT PRICE. 14. Contract Time The Contract Time is the time stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-I ofthe Agreement - THE WORK from commencement of the Work to Substantial Performance of the Work. 15. Working Day Working Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a holiday which is observed by the construction industry in the area of the Place of the Work. 16. Supplemental Instruction A Supplemental Instruction is an instruction, not involving adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, in the form of specifications, drawings, schedules, samples, models or written instructions, consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract Documents as required for the performance of the Work. 17. Change Order A Change Order is a written amendment to the Contract prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner and the Contractor stating their agreement upon: a change in the Work; the method of adjustment or the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price, ifany; and the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, ifany. 18. Change Directive A Change Directive is a written instruction prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing a change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents. 19. Substantial Performance ofthe Work Substantial Performance of the Work is as defmed in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such defmition, Substantial Performance of the Work shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so certified by the Consultant. 20. Value Added Taxes Value Added Taxes means such sum as shall be levied upon the Contract Price by the Federal or any Provincial Government and is computed as a percentage of the Contract Price and includes the Goods and Services Tax, the Quebec Sales Tax and any similar tax, the payment or collection of which is by the legislation imposing such tax an obligation of the Contractor. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00602 8 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constilUtes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it IS intended by the parties 10 be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDe 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations. additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. Standard Construction Document CeDe 2 - 1994 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, Products, and services necessary for the performance of the Work by the Contractor in accordance with these documents. It is not intended, however, that the Contractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with, not covered by, or not properly inferable from the Contract Documents. 1.1.2 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between: .1 the Owner and a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other person performing any of the Work. .2 the Consultant and the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other person performing any of the Work. 1.1.3 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by anyone shall be as binding as if required by all. 1.1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.1.5 References in the Contract Documents to the singular shall be considered to include the plural as the context requires. 1.l.6 The specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, consisting of the written requirements and standards for Products, systems, workmanship, and the services necessary for the performance of the Work. 1.1.7 The drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. 1.l.8 Neither the organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts nor the arrangement of drawings shall control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors and Suppliers or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by a trade. 1.1.9 If there is a conflict within Contract Documents: .1 the order of priority of documents, from highest to lowest, shall be · the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, · the Definitions, · Supplementary Conditions, · the General Conditions, · Division I of the specifications, · Divisions 2 through 16 of the specifications, · material and finishing schedules, · drawings. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 9 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. .2 drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale of the same date. .3 dimensions shown on drawings shall govern over dimensions scaled from drawings. .4 later dated documents shall govern over earlier documents of the same type. 1.1.10 The Owner shall provide the Contractor, without charge, sufficient copies of the Contract Documents to perform the Work. 1.1.11 Specifications, drawings, models, and copies thereof furnished by the Consultant are and shall remain the Consultants property, with the exception of the signed Contract sets, which shall belong to each party to the Contract. All specifications, drawings, and models furnished by the Consultant are to be used only with respect to the Work and are not to be used on other work. These specifications, drawings, and models are not to be copied or altered in any manner without the written authorization of the Consultant. 1.1.12 Models furnished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense are the property of the Owner. GC 1.2 LAW OF THE CONTRACT 1.2.1 The law of the Place of the Work shall govern the interpretation of the Contract. GC 1.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 1.3.1 Except as expressly provided in the Contract Documents, the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 1.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Consultant, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. GC 1.4 ASSIGNMENT 1.4.1 Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 2.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT 2.1.1 The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written agreement as provided in paragraph 2.1.2. 2.1.2 The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be modified or extended only with the written consent of the Owner, the Contractor, and the Consultant. 2.1.3 If the Consultant's employment is terminated, the Owner shall immediately appoint or reappoint a Consultant against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Consultant. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 10 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are setforth in supplementary conditions. GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT 2.2.1 The Consultant will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents during construction until issuance of the final certificate for payment, and subject to GC 2.1 - AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT and with the Owner's concurrence, from tiIp.e to time until the completion of any correction of defects as provided in paragraph 12.3.3 ofGC 12.3 WARRANTY 2.2.2 The Consultant will visit the Place of the Work at intervals appropriate to the progress of construction to become familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in general conformity with the Contract Documents. 2.2.3 If the Owner and the Consultant agree, the Consultant will provide at the Place of the Work, one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Consultant's responsibilities. The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in writing to the Contractor. 2.2.4 Based on the Consultants observations and evaluation of the Contractor's applications for payment, the Consultant will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue certificates for payment as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT, GC 5.3 - PROGRESS P A YM ENT. andGC 5.7 - FINAL PAYMENT 2.2.5 The Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control, charge, or supervision of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs required in connection with the Work in accordance with the applicable construction safety legislation, other regulations, or general construction practice. The Consultant will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Consultant will not have control over, charge of, or be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or any other persons performing portions of the Work. 2.2.6 The Consultant will be, in the fIrst instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall make [mdings as to the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract, except with respect to GC' 5. I - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER. Interpretations and findings of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. When making such interpretations and findings the Consultant will not show partiality to either the Owner or the Contractor. 2.2.7 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question relating to the performance of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, shall be referred initially to the Consultant by notice in writing given to the Consultant and to the other party for the Consultant's interpretation and finding which will be given by notice in writing to the parties within a reasonable time. 2.2.8 The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in the Consultant's opinion does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Whenever the Consultant considers it necessary or advisable, the Consultant will have authority to require inspection or testing of work, whether or not such work is fabricated, installed, or completed. However, neither the authority of the Consultant to act nor any decision either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Consultant to the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or other persons performing any of the Work. 2.2.9 During the progress of the Work the Consultant will furnish Supplemental Instructions to the Contractor with reasonable promptness or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the Consultant and the Contractor. 2.2.10 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon such Contractor's submittals as shop drawings, Product data, and samples, as provided in the Contract Documents. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 II This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 _ 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 2.2.11 The Consultant will prepare Change Orders and Change Directives as provided in GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 . CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 2.2.12 The Consultant will conduct reviews of the Work to determine the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as provided in (JC 54.. SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 2.2.13 All certificates issued by the Consultant shall be to the best of the Consultants knowledge, information, and belief. By issuing any certificate, the Consultant does not guarantee the Work is correct or complete. 2.2.14 The Consultant will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for the Owner's acceptance. GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK 2.3.1 The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide sufficient, safe, and proper facilities at all times for the review of the Work by the Consultant and the inspection of the Work by authorized agencies. Ifparts of the Work are in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work, the Owner and the Consultant shall be given access to such work whenever it is in progress. 2.3.2 If work is designated for tests, inspections, or approvals in the Contract Documents, or by the Consultant's instructions, or the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of when the work will be ready for review and inspection. The Contractor shall arrange for and shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of the date and time of inspections by other authorities. 2.3.3 The Contractor shall furnish promptly to the Consultant two copies of certificates and inspection reports relating to the Work. 2.3.4 If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered, work that has been designated for special tests, inspections, or approvals before such special tests, inspections, or approvals are made, given or completed, the Contractor shall, if so directed, uncover such work, have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed, and make good covering work at the Contractors expense. 2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to confirm that such work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the work is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of examination and correction. If the work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of examination and restoration. GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK 2.4.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the Place of the Work and replace or re-execute defective work that has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether or not the defective work has been incorporated in the Work and whether or not the defect is the result of poor workmanship, use of defective products, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor. 2.4.2 The Contractor shall make good promptly other contractors' work destroyed or damaged by such removals or replacements at the Contractor's expense. 2.4.3 If in the opinion of the Consultant it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from the amount otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents. If the ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 12 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. Owner and the Contractor do not agree on the difference in value, they shall refer the matter to the Consultant for a determination. PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK 3.1.1 The Contractor shall have total control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract. GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS 3.2.1 The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other parts of the Project to other contractors and to perform work with own forces. 3.2.2 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall: .1 provide for the co-ordination of the activities and work of other contractors and Owner's own forces with the Work of the Contract; .2 assume overall responsibility for compliance with the applicable health and construction safety legislation at the Place of the Work; .3 enter into separate contracts with other contractors under conditions of contract which are compatible with the conditions of the Contract; .4 ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in G(, I Ll _ INSURANCE and co-ordinate such insurance with the insurance coverage of the Contractor as it affects the Work; and .5 take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from the work of other contractors or the Owner's own forces. 3.2.3 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Owner's own forces, the Contractor shall: .1 afford the Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity to introduce and store their products and use their construction machinery and equipment to execute their work; .2 co-ordinate and schedule the Work with the work of other contractors and Owner's own forces and connect as specified or shown in the Contract Documents; .3 participate with other contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so; and .4 where part of the Work is affected by or depends upon for its proper execution the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces, promptly report to the Consultant in writing and prior to proceeding with that part of the Work, any apparent deficiencies in such work. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 13 This contracl is prolecled by Copyrighl. Use of a CCDC 2 document nol containing a CCDe 2 copyrighl seal conslilUles an infringement ofCopyrighl. Only sign Ihis contracl iflhe document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyrighl seal to demonstrale Ihal il is intended by Ihe parlies 10 be an accurale and unamended version ofCCDC 2- 1994 excepllo Ihe exlenllhal any allerations, addilions or modifications are sel forth in supplementary conditions. Failure by the Contractor to so report shall invalidate any claims against the Owner by reason of the deficiencies in the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces except those deficiencies not then reasonably discoverable. 3.2.4 Where a change in the Work is required as a result of the eo-ordination and connection of the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces with the Work, the changes shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 61 CHANGES, GC 6.2 .. CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 . CHANGE DiRECTIVE. 3.2.5 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Contractor and other contractors shall be dealt with as provided in Pan R of the General Conditions .. DiSPUTE RESOLUTION provided the other contractors have reciprocal obligations. The Contractor shall be deemed to have consented to arbitration of any dispute with any other contractor whose contract with the Owners contains a similar agreement to arbitrate. GC 3.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS, STRUCTURES, AND FACILITIES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal of temporary supports, structures, and facilities and the design and execution of construction methods required in their use. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall engage and pay for registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the appropriate disciplines to perform those functions referred to in paragraph 3.3.1 where required by law or by the Contract Documents and in all cases where such temporary supports, structures, and facilities and their method of construction are of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce safe and satisfactory results. 3.3.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of GC 3.1 - CONTROL OF THE WORK, paragraph 3.3.1, and paragraph 3.3.2 or provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents where such Contract Documents include designs for temporary supports, structures, and facilities or specifY a method of construction in whole or in part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner as for the execution of the Work. GC 3A DOCUMENT REVIEW 3.4.1 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any error, inconsistency, or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall be to the best of the Contractors knowledge, information, and belief and in making such review the Contractor does not asswne any responsibility to the Owner or the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents, which the Contractor did not discover. If the Contractor does discover any error, inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not proceed with the work affected until the Contractor has received corrected or missing information from the Consultant. GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3.5.1 The Contractor shall: .1 prepare and submit to the Owner and the Consultant prior to the first application for payment, a construction schedule that indicates the timing of the major activities of the Work and provides sufficient detail of the critical events and their inter-relationship to demonstrate the Work will be performed in conformity with the Contract Time; ceDe 2 - 1994 Pile 00712 14 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. .2 monitor the progress of the Work relative to the construction schedule and update the schedule on a monthly basis or as stipulated by the Contract Documents; and .3 advise the Consultant of any revisions required to the schedule as the result of extensions of the Contract Time as provided in Part 6 of the General Conditions - CHANGES IN THE WORK. GC 3.6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY 3.6.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2.2.2 ofGC 3.2 . CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for compliance with the rules, regulations, and practices required by the applicable construction health and safety legislation and shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. GC 3.7 SUPERVISOR 3.7.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supervisor and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Place of the Work while work is being performed. The supervisor shall not be changed except for valid reason. 3.7.2 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work and notices and instructions given to the supervisor by the Consultant shall be held to have been received by the Contractor. GC 3.8 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS 3.8.1 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work to be performed under subcontract, and shall: .1 enter into contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers to require them to perform their work as provided in the Contract Documents; .2 incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and .3 be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. 3.8.2 The Contractor shall indicate in writing, at the request of the Owner, those Subcontractors or Suppliers whose bids have been received by the Contractor which the Contractor would be prepared to accept for the performance of a portion of the Work. Should the Owner not object before signing the Contract, the Contractor shall employ those Subcontractors or Suppliers so identified by the Contractor in writing for the performance of that portion of the Work to which their bid applies. 3.8.3 The Owner may, for reasonable cause, at any time before the Owner has signed the Contract, object to the use of a proposed Subconfractor or Supplier and require the Contractor to employ one of the other subcontract bidders. 3.8.4 If the Owner requires the Contractor to change a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier, the Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted by the differences occasioned by such required change. 3.8.5 The Contractor shall not be required to employ as a Subcontractor or Supplier, a person or firm to whom the Contractor may reasonably object. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 15 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDe 2 _ 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions, 3.8.6 The Owner, through the Consultant, may provide to a Subcontractor or Supplier information as to the percentage of the Subcontractors or Supplier's work which has been certified for payment. GC 3.9 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS 3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour, Products, tools, construction machinery and equipment, water, heat, light, power, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract. 3.9.2 Products provided shall be new. Products which are not specified shall be of a quality consistent with those specified and their use acceptable to the Consultant. 3.9.3 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned. GC 3.10 DOCUMENTS AT THE SITE 3.10.1 The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals, reports, and records of meetings at the Place o/the Work, in good order and available to the Owner and the Consultant. GC 3.11 SHOP DRAWINGS 3.l1.1 Shop drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures, Product, and other data which the Contractor provides to illustrate details of a portion of the Work. 3.11.2 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as described in the Contract Documents or as the Consultant may reasonably request. 3.11.3 The Contractor shall review all shop drawings prior to submission to the Consultant. The Contractor represents by this review that: the Contractor has determined and verified all field measurements and field construction conditions, or will do so; Product requirements; catalogue numbers; and similar data and that the Contractor has checked and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall confirm this review of each shop drawing by stamp, date, and signature of the person responsible. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.11.4 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Consultant to review in orderly sequence and sufficiently in advance so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. Upon request of the Contractor or the Consultant, they jointly shall prepare a schedule of the dates for submission and return of shop drawings. Shop drawings which require approval of any legally constituted authority having jurisdiction shall be submitted to such authority by the Contractor for approval. 3.11.5 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in the form specified or as the Consultant may direct. The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with the schedule agreed upon, or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review is for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only. The Consultant's review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Consultant expressly notes the acceptance of a deviation on the shop drawings. 3.11.6 Upon the Consultant's request, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit shop drawings which the Consultant rejects as inconsistent with the Contract Documents unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. The Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions to the resubmission other than those requested by the Consultant. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 16 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. GC 3.12 USE OF THE WORK 3.12.1 The Contractor shall confine construction machinery and equipment, storage of Products, and operations of employees to limits indicated by laws, ordinances, permits, or the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the Work with Products. 3.12.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will endanger the safety of the Work. GC 3.13 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK 3.13.1 The Contractor shall do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the Work come together properly. 3.13.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. 3.13.3 Should the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors or anyone employed by them be responsible for ill-timed work necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed, the cost of such cutting or remedial work shall be valued as provided in GC 6..1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 3.13.4 Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiar with the Products affected and shall be performed in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work. GC 3.14 CLEANUP 3.14.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products and debris, other than that caused by the Owner, other contractors or their employees. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall remove waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees, and shall leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner before attainment of Substantial Performance of the Work. The Contractor shall remove products, tools, construction machinery, and equipment not required for the performance ofthe remaining work. 3.14.3 Prior to application for the fmal certificate for payment, the Contractor shall remove products, tools, construction machinery and equipment, and waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work ofthe Owner, other contractors or their employees. PART 4 ALLOWANCES GC 4.1 CASH ALLOWANCES 4.1.1 The Contract Price includes cash allowances stated in the Contract Documents, which allowances shall be expended as the Owner directs through the Consultant. 4.1.2 Cash allowances cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, Products, construction machinery and equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation, and other authorized expenses incurred in performing the work stipulated under the cash allowances but do not include any Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 17 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constilUtes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCIX 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCIX 2 _ 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are setforth in supplementary conditions. 4.1.3 The Contract Price, and not the cash allowances, includes the Contractors overhead and profit in connection with such cash allowances. 4.1.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount of the allowance, the Contractor shall be compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated plus an amount for overhead and profit as set out in the Contract Documents. 4.1.5 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the actual cost and each cash allowance. 4.1.6 The value of the work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments. 4.1.7 The Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule that shows when the Consultant and Owner must authorize ordering of items called for under cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of the Work. GC 4.2 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE 4.2.1 The Contract Price includes the contingency allowance, if any, stated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.2 Expenditures under the contingency allowance shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 CHANGES, GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 4.2.3 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the expenditures authorized under paragraph 4.2.2 and the contingency allowance. PART 5 PAYMENT GC 5.1 FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 5.1.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement, and/or promptly from time to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that fmancial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owners obligations under the Contract. 5.1.2 The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of any material change in the Owner's fmancial arrangements during the performance of the Contract. GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 5.2.1 Applications for payment on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT may be made monthly as the Work progresses. 5.2.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the amount claimed shall be for the value, proportionate to the amount of the Contract, of work performed and Products delivered to the Place of the Work at that date. 5.2.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant, at least 14 days before the first application for payment, a schedule of values for the parts of the Work, aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to facilitate evaluation of applications for payment. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 18 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDe 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forih in supplementary conditions. 5.2.4 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably direct and when accepted by the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for payment, unless it is found to be in error. 5.2.5 The Contractor shall include a statement based on the schedule of values with each application for payment. 5.2.6 Claims for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery ofthe Products. GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT 5.3.1 The Consultant will issue to the Owner, no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor submitted in accordance with GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT, a certificate for payment in the amount applied for or in such other amount as the Consultant determines to be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application, the Consultant will promptly notifY the Contractor in writing giving reasons for the amendment. 5.3.2 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT no later than 5 days after the date of a certificate for payment issued by the Consultant. GC 5.4 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.4.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially performed, or if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work a designated portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately is substantially performed, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected and apply for a review by the Consultant to establish Substantial Performance of the Work or substantial performance of the designated portion of the Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Contract. 5.4.2 No later than 10 days after the receipt of the Contractors list and application, the Consultant will review the Work to verifY the validity of the application, and no later than 7 days after completing the review, will notifY the Contractor whether the Work or the designated portion of the Work is substantially performed. 5.4.3 The Consultant shall state the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or designated portion of the Work in a certificate. 5.4.4 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor, in consultation with the Consultant, will establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work. GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.5.1 After the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall: .1 submit an application for payment of the holdback amount, .2 submit a sworn statement that all accounts for labour, subcontracts, Products, construction machinery and equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the Substantial Performance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible have been paid in full, except for amounts properly retained as a holdback or as an identified amount in dispute. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 19 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CC De 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDe 2 _ 1994 except to the extent that any alterations. additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 5.5.2 After the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor and the sworn statement as provided in paragraph 5.5.1, the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount. 5.5.3 Where the holdback amount has not been placed in a separate holdback account, the Owner shall, 10 days prior to the expiry of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, place the holdback amount in a bank account in the joint names of the Owner and the Contractor. 5.5.4 The holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable on the day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. Where lien legislation does not exist or apply, the holdback amount shall be due and payable in accordance with other legislation, industry practice, or provisions which may be agreed to between the parties. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or, if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which are enforceable against the Owner. GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK 5.6.1 Where legislation permits and where, upon application by the Contractor, the Consultant has certified that the work of a Subcontractor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback amount retained for such subcontract work, or the Products supplied by such Supplier, on the day following the expiration of the holdback period for such work stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. 5.6.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, and notwithstanding the wording of such certificates, the Contractor shall ensure that such subcontract work or Products is protected pending the issuance of a fmal certificate for payment and be responsible for the correction of defects or work not performed regardless of whether or not such was apparent when such certificates were issued. GC5.7 FINALPAYMENT 5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed, the Contractor shall submit an application for final payment. 5.7.2 The Consultant will, no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for final payment, review the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will, no later than 7 days after reviewing the Work, notify the Contractor that the application is valid or give reasons why it is not valid. 5.7.3 When the Consultant finds the Contractors application for final payment valid, the Consultant will issue a final certificate for payment. 5.7.4 Subject to the provision of paragraph 10.4.1 of OC 10.4 - WORKERS' COMPENSATION. and any lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, the Owner shall, no later than 5 days after the issuance of a final certificate for payment, pay the Contractor as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT. GC 5.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT 5.8.1 Ifbecause of climatic or other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor, there are items of work that cannot be performed, payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof, but the Owner may withhold, until the remaining portion of the Work is fmished, only such an amount that the Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 20 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. GC 5.9 NON-CONFORMING WORK 5.9.1 No payment by the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any portion of the Work or Products which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK GC 6.1 CHANGES 6.1.1 The Owner, through the Consultant, without invalidating the Contract, may make changes in the Work consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions to the Work by Change Order or Change Directive. 6.1.2 The Contractor shall not perform a change in the Work without a Change Order or a Change Directive. GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER 6.2.1 When a change in the Work is proposed or required, the Consultant shall provide a notice describing the proposed change in the Work to the Contractor. The Contractor shall present, in a form acceptable to the Consultant, a method of adjustment or an amount of adjustment for the Contract Price, if any, and the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, for the proposed change in the Work. 6.2.2 When the Owner and Contractor agree to the adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Time or to the method to be used to determine the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded in a Change Order, signed by Owner and Contractor. The value of the work performed as the result of a Change Order shall be included in applications for progress payment. GC 6.3 CHANGE DIRECTIVE 6.3.1 If the Owner requires the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work prior to the Owner and the Contractor agreeing upon the adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time, the Owner, through the Consultant, shall issue a Change Directive. 6.3.2 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, the Contractor shall proceed promptly with the change in the Work. The adjustment in the Contract Price for a change carried out by way of a Change Directive shall be determined on the basis of the cost of expenditures and savings to perform the work attributable to the change. If a change in the Work results in a net increase in the Contract Price, an allowance for overhead and profit shall be included. 6.3.3 If a change in the Work results in a net decrease in the Contract Price, the amount of the credit shall be the net cost, without deduction for overhead or profit. When both additions and deletions covering related work or substitutions are involved in a change in the Work, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change in the Work. 6.3.4 The Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Consultant may require, an itemized accounting of the cost of expenditures and savings referred to in paragraph 6.3.2 together with supporting data. The cost of performing the work attributable to the Change Directive shall be limited to the actual cost of all of the following: .1 wages and benefits paid for labour in the direct employ of the Contractor under applicable collective bargaining agreements, or under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor; CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 21 This contract is pratected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an itifringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. .2 salaries, wages, and benefits of the Contractor's office personnel engaged in a technical capacity and other personnel at shops or on the road, engaged in expediting the production or transportation of materials or equipment; .3 contributions, assessments, or taxes incurred for such items as unemployment insurance, provincial health insurance, workers' compensation, and Canada or Quebec Pension Plan, insofar as such cost is based on wages, salaries, or other remuneration paid to employees of the Contractor and included in the cost of the work as provided in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2; .4 travel and subsistence expenses of the Contractor's personnel described in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2; .5 the cost of all Products including cost of transportation thereof; .6 the cost of materials, supplies, equipment, temporary services and facilities, and hand tools not owned by the workers, including transportation and maintenance thereof, which are consumed; and cost less salvage value on such items used but not consumed, which remain the property of the Contractor; .7 rental cost of all tools, machinery, and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from or provided by the Contractor or others, including installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling, removal, transportation and delivery cost thereof; .8 deposits lost; .9 the amounts of all subcontracts; .10 the cost of quality assurance such as independent inspection and testing services; .11 charges levied by authorities having jurisdiction at the Place of the Work; .12 royalties, patent license fees, and damages for infringement of patents and cost of defending suits therefor subject always to the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owner as provided in paragraph 10.3.1 of GC 10.3 - PATENT FEES; .13 any adjustment in premiums for all bonds and insurance which the Contractor is required, by the Contract Documents, to purchase and maintain; .14 any adjustment in taxes and duties for which the Contractor is liable; .15 charges for long distance telephone and facsimile communications, courier services, expressage, and petty cash items incurred; .16 the cost of removal and disposal of waste products and debris; .17 cost incurred due to emergencies affecting the safety of persons or property; 6.3.5 Pending determination of the final amount of a Change Directive, the undisputed value of the work performed as the result of a Change Directive is eligible to be included in progress payments. 6.3.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the proposed adjustment in the Contract Time or the method of determining it, the adjustment shall be referred to the Consultant for determination. 6.3.7 If at any time after the start of the work directed by a Change Directive, the Owner and the Contractor reach agreement on the adjustment to the Contract Price and to the Contract Time, this agreement shall be recorded in a Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 22 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDe 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. GC 6.4 CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS 6.4.1 If the Owner or the Contractor discover conditions at the Place of the Work which are: .1 subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which existed before the commencement of the Work which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or .2 physical conditions of a nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and genemlly recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then the observing party shall notify the other party in writing before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 5 Working Days after first observance ofthe conditions. 6.4.2 The Consultant will promptly investigate such conditions and make a finding. If the finding is that the conditions differ materially and this would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractors cost or time to perform the Work, the Consultant, with the Owner's approval, shall issue appropriate instructions for a change in the Work as provided in GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3 . CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 6.4.3 If the Consultant fmds that the conditions at the Place of the Work are not materially different or that no change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time is justified, the Consultant shall report the reasons for this finding to the Owner and the Contractor in writing. GC 6.5 DELAYS 6.5.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an action or omission of the Owner, Consultant, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work order issued by a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or any person employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.3 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by labour disputes, strikes, lock-outs (including lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized contractors' association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), fire, unusual delay by common carriers or unavoidable casualties, or without limit to any of the foregoing, by a cause beyond the Contractor's control, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The extension of time shall not be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless the Contractor agrees to a shorter extension. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred by such delays unless such delays result from actions by the Owner. 6.5.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless notice in writing of claim is given to the Consultant not later than 10 Working Days after the commencement of delay, providing however, that in the case of a continuing cause of delay only one notice of claim shall be necessary. 6.5.5 Ifno schedule is made under paragraph 22.9 ofGC 2.2 - ROLE OF THE CONSULT ANT, no claim for delay shall be allowed because of failure of the Consultant to furnish instructions until 10 Working Days after demand for such instructions has been made and not then, unless the claim is reasonable. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 23 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document caver page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDe 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forih in supplementary conditions. PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE GC 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, STOP THE WORK, OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT 7.1.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractor's insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. 7.1.2 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. 7.L3 If the default cannot be corrected in the 5 Working Days specified, the Contractor shall be in compliance with the Owner's instructions if the Contractor: .1 commences the correction of the default within the specified time, and .2 provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction, and .3 corrects the default in accordance with such schedule. 7.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or subsequently agreed upon, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, the Owner may: .1 correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor provided the Consultant has certified such cost to the Owner and the Contractor, or .2 terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part or terminate the Contract. 7.1.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work as provided in paragraphs 7.1.1 and 7.IA, the Owner shall be entitled to: .1 take possession of the Work and Products; utilize the construction machinery and equipment; subject to the rights of third parties, finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may consider expedient, but without undue delay or expense, and .2 withhold further payment to the Contractor until a fmal certificate for payment is issued, and .3 charge the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of fmishing the Work as certified by the Consultant, including compensation to the Consultant for the Consultant's additional services and a reasonable allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections to work performed by the Contractor that may be required under OC 12.3 - WARRANTY, exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price; however, if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the difference, and A on expiry of the warranty period, charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Contractor's work under OC 12.3 . WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections, or if the cost of such corrections is less than the allowance, pay the Contractor the difference. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 24 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 7.1.6 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the work performed by the Contractor up to the time oftermination shall continue in force after such termination. GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT 7.2.1 If the Owner should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Owner's insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Owner's insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. 7.2.2 If the Work should be stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of30 days or more under an order ofa court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner notice in writing, terminate the Contract. 7.2.3 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Consultant, that the Owner is in default of the Owner's contractual obligations if: .1 the Owner fails to furnish, when so requested by the Contractor, reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract, or .2 the Consultant fails to issue a certificate as provided in GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT, or .3 the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded by arbitration or court, or .4 the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant, except for GC 5 I - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, confirms by written statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists. 7.2.4 The Contractor's notice in writing to the Owner provided under paragraph 7.2.3 shall advise that if the default is not corrected within 5 Working Days following the receipt of the notice in writing, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. 7.2.5 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out above, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed including reasonable profit, for loss sustained upon Products and construction machinery and equipment, and such other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as a result of the termination of the Contract. PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION GC 8.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULT ANT 8.1.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation, application or administration of the Contract or any failure to agree where agreement between the parties is called for, herein collectively called disputes, which are not resolved in the first instance by findings of the Consultant as provided in GC 2.2 _ ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, shall be settled in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 8.1.2 If a dispute arises under the Contract in respect of a matter in which the Consultant has no authority under the Contract to make a finding, the procedures set out in paragraph 8.1.3 and paragraphs 8.2.3 to 8.2.8 of CeDe 2 - 1994 Pile 00712 25 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not con/aining a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this con/ract if the documen/cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDe 2- 1994 except to the exten/that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. GC 8.2 - NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION, AND ARBITRATION, and in GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIG.HTS apply to that dispute with the necessary changes to detail as may be required. 8.1.3 If a dispute is not resolved promptly, the Consultant shall give such instructions as in the Consultants opinion are necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instructions, it being understood that by so doing neither party will jeopardize any claim the party may have. If it is subsequently determined that such instructions were in error or at variance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the Contractor costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instructions which the Contractor was required to do beyond what the Contract Documents correctly understood and interpreted would have required, including costs resulting from interruption of the Work. GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION, AND ARBITRATION 8.2.1 In accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation ofCCDC 2 Construction Disputes, the parties shall appoint a Project Mediator .1 within 30 days after the Contract was awarded, or .2 if the parties neglected to make an appointment within the 30 day period, within 15 days after either party by notice in writing requests that the Project Mediator be appointed. 8.2.2 A party shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted a fmding of the Consultant under GC 2.2 - ROLE OF fHE CONSULTANT and to have expressly waived and released the other party from any claims in respect of the particular matter dealt with in that finding unless, within 15 Working Days after receipt of that finding, the party sends a notice in writing of dispute to the other party and to the Consultant, which contains the particulars of the matter in dispute and the relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. The responding party shall send a notice in writing of reply to the dispute within 10 Working Days after receipt of the notice of dispute setting out particulars of this response and any relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2.3 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, without prejudice, frank, candid and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and documents to facilitate these negotiations. 8.2.4 After a period of 10 Working Days following receipt of a responding party's notice in writing of reply under paragraph 8.2.2, the parties shall request the Project Mediator to assist the parties to reach agreement on any unresolved dispute. The mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. 8.2.5 If the dispute has not been resolved within 10 Working Days after the Project Mediator was requested under paragraph 8.2.4 or within such further period agreed by the parties, the Project Mediator shall terminate the mediated negotiations by giving notice in writing to both parties. 8.2.6 By giving a notice in writing to the other party, not later than 10 Working Days after the date of termination of the mediated negotiations under paragraph 8.2.5, either party may refer the dispute to be fmally resolved by arbitration under the latest edition of the Rules for Arbitration of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. The arbitration shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work. 8.2.7 On expiration of the 10 Working Days, the arbitration agreement under paragraph 8.2.6 is not binding on the parties and, if a notice is not given under paragraph 8.2.6 within the required time, the parties may refer the unresolved dispute to the courts or to any other form of dispute resolution, including arbitration, which they have agreed to use. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 26 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 8.2.8 If neither party requires by notice in writing given within 10 Working Days of the date of notice requesting arbitration in paragraph 8.2.6 that a dispute be arbitrated immediately, all disputes referred to arbitration as provided in paragraph 8.2.6 shall be .1 held in abeyance until (1) Substantial Performance of the Work, (2) the Contract has been terminated, or (3) the Contractor has abandoned the Work, whichever is earlier, and .2 consolidated into a single arbitration under the rules governing the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6. GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIGHTS 8.3.1 It is agreed that no act by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any rights or recourses, provided the party has given the notices required under Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION and has carried out the instructions as provided in paragraph 8.1.3. 8.3.2 Nothing in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION shall be construed in any way to limit a party from asserting any statutory right to a lien under applicable lien legislation of the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work and the assertion of such right by initiating judicial proceedings is not to be construed as a waiver of any right that party may have under paragraph 8.2.6 to proceed by way of arbitration to adjudicate the merits of the claim upon which such a lien is based. PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY GC 9.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 9.1.1 The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owner's property and property adjacent to the Place of the Work from damage which may arise as the result of the Contractors operations under the Contract, and shall be responsible for such damage, except damage which occurs as the result of: .1 errors in the Contract Documents; .2 acts or omissions by the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors, their agents and employees. 9.1.2 Should the Contractor in the performance ofthe Contract damage the Work, the Owners property, or property adjacent to the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the making good such damage at the Contractor's expense. 9.1.3 Should damage occur to the Work or Owner's property for which the Contractor is not responsible, as provided in paragraph 9.1.1, the Contractor shall make good such damage to the Work and, if the Owner so directs, to the Owner's property. The Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted as provided in GC 6. I CHANGES. GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. GC 9.2 DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 9.2.1 If either party to the Contract should suffer damage in any manner because of any wrongful act or neglect of the other party or of anyone for whom the other party is responsible in law, then that party shall be reimbursed by the other party for such damage. The reimbursing party shall be subrogated to the rights of the other party in respect of such wrongful act or neglect if it be that of a third party. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 27 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use 0/ a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement o/Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version o/CCDC 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set/Orlh in supplementary conditions. 9.2.2 Claims for damage under paragraph 9.2.1 shall be made in writing to the party liable within reasonable time after the first observance of such damage and if undisputed shall be confirmed by Change Order. Disputed claims shall be resolved as set out in Pan 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 9.2.3 If the Contractor has caused damage to the work of another contractor on the Project, the Contractor agrees upon due notice to settle with the other contractor by negotiation or arbitration. If the other contractor makes a claim against the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor and may require the Contractor to defend the action at the Contractors expense. The Contractor shall satisfy a final order or judgment against the Owner and pay the costs incurred by the Owner arising from such action. 9.2.4 If the Contractor becomes liable to payor satisfy a [mal order, judgment, or award against the Owner, then the Contractor, upon undertaking to indemnify the Owner against any and all liability for costs, shall have the right to appeal in the name of the Owner such final order or judgment to any and all courts of competent jurisdiction. GC 9.3 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS 9.3.1 For the purposes of applicable environmental legislation, the Owner shall be deemed to have control and management of the Place of the Work with respect to existing conditions. 9.3.2 Prior to the Contractor commencing the Work, the Owner shall .1 take all reasonable steps to determine whether any toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the Place of the Work, and .2 provide the Consultant and the Contractor with a written list of any such substances and materials. 9.3.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness, or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.4 Unless the Contract expressly provides otherwise, the Owner shall be responsible for taking all necessary steps, in accordance with legal requirements, to dispose of, store or otherwise render harmless toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were present at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.5 Ifthe Contractor .1 encounters toxic or hazardous substances or materials at the Place of the Work, or .2 has reasonable grounds to believe that toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the Place of the Work, which were not disclosed by the Owner, as required under paragraph 9.3.2, or which were disclosed but have not been dealt with as required under paragraph 9.3.4, the Contractor shall .3 take all reasonable steps, including stopping the Work, to ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness, or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to or the presence of the substances or materials, and .4 immediately report the circumstances to the Consultant and the Owner in writing. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 28 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 9.3.6 If the Contractor is delayed in performing the Work or incurs additional costs as a result of taking steps required under paragraph 9.3.5.3, the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for reasonable costs incurred as a result of the delay and as a result of taking those steps. 9.3.7 Notwithstanding paragraphs 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of GC 2.2 ROLE OF rHE CONSULr ANT, or paragraph 8.1.1 of GC 8.1 . AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULT ANT, the Consultant may select and rely upon the advice of an independent expert in a dispute under paragraph 9.3.6 and, in that case, the expert shall be deemed to have been jointly retained by the Owner and the Contractor and shall be jointly paid by them. 9.3.8 The Owner shall indemnifY and hold harmless the Contractor, the Consultant, their agents and employees, from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or resulting from exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. This obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity set out in GC ] 2.1 - INDEMNIFIC A nON or which otherwise exist respecting a person or party described in this paragraph. 9.3.9 GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 13.1 of GC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS GC 10.1 TAXES AND DUTIES 10.1.1 The Contract Price shall include all taxes and customs duties in effect at the time of the bid closing except for Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor as stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement _ CONTRACT PRICE. 10.1.2 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such included taxes and duties after the time of the bid closing shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly. GC 10.2 LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS, AND FEES 10.2.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work. 10.2.2 The Owner shall obtain and pay for the building permit, permanent easements, and rights of servitude. The Contractor shall be responsible for permits, licenses, or certificates necessary for the performance of the Work which were in force at the date of bid closing. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work, to the preservation of the public health, and to construction safety. 10.2.4 The Contractor shall not be responsible for verifYing that the Contract Documents are in compliance with the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes relating to the Work. If the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, or if, subsequent to the date of bid closing, changes are made to the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes which require modification to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notifY the Consultant in writing requesting direction immediately upon such variance or change becoming known. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract Documents as provided in GC 6.1 _ CHANGES, GC 6.2. CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 . CHANGE DIRECTIVE. ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 29 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 ~ 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. 10.2.5 If the Contractor fails to notify the Consultant in writing; and fails to obtain direction as required in paragraph 10.2.4; and performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes; the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof; and shall bear the costs, expenses, and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes. GC 10.3 PATENT FEES 10.3.1 The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention by the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. 10.3.2 The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractors performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose of the Contract, the model, plan, or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract Documents. GC 10.4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION 10.4.1 Prior to commencing the Work, Substantial Performance of the Work, and the issuance of the fmal certificate for payment, the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with workers' compensation legislation at the Place of the Work, including payments due thereunder. 10.4.2 At any time during the term of the Contract, when requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide such evidence of compliance by the Contractor and Subcontractors. PART 11 INSURANCE - BONDS GC 11.1 INSURANCE 11.1.1 Without restricting the generality of GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICA nON, the Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages specified in GC 11.1 - INSURANCE. Unless otherwise stipulated, the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of the fInal certificate for payment. Prior to commencement of the Work and upon the placement, renewal, amendment, or extension of all or any part of the insurance, the Contractor shall promptly provide the Owner with confirmation of coverage and, if required, a certified true copy of the policies certified by an authorized representative of the insurer together with copies of any amending endorsements. .1 General Liability Insurance: General liability insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant, with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and with a property damage deductible not exceeding $2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 2100, or its equivalent replacement, provided that IBC Form 2100 shall contain the latest edition of the relevant CCDC endorsement form. To achieve the desired limit, umbrella, or excess liability insurance may be used. All liability coverage shall be maintained for completed operations hazards from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, on an ongoing basis for a period of 6 years following Substantial Performance of the Work. Where the Contractor maintains a single, blanket policy, the addition of the Owner and the Consultant is limited to liability arising out of the Project and all operations necessary or incidental thereto. The policy shall be ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 30 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe 2 document not containing a CCDe 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version of CCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, and of change or amendment restricting coverage. .2 Automobile Liability Insurance: Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than $2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property, covering all licensed vehicles owned or leased by the Contractor, and endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. Where the policy has been issued pursuant to a government-operated automobile insurance system, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with confirmation of automobile insurance coverage for all automobiles registered in the name ofthe Contractor. .3 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance: Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than $2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof and limits of not less than $2,000,000 for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. .4 Property and Boiler and Machinery Insurance: (I) "All risks" property insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract Price and the full value, as stated in the Supplementary Conditions, of Products that are specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not exceeding $2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 4042 or its equivalent replacement, provided that IBC Form 4042 shall contain the latest edition ofthe relevant CCDC endorsement form. The coverage shall be maintained continuously until 10 days after the date of the fmal certificate for payment. (2) Boiler and machinery insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant for not less than the replacement value of the boilers, pressure vessels, and other insurable objects forming part of the Work. The insurance provided shall not be less than the insurance provided by the "Comprehensive Boiler and Machinery Form" and shall be maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured and until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment. (3) The policies shall allow for partial or total use or occupancy of the Work. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the Contractor shall notifY the Owner in writing. Prior to such use or occupancy the Owner shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, as in sub-paragraphs (l) and (2), including coverage for such use or occupancy and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractors policies upon termination of coverage. (4) The policies shall provide that, in the case of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of the Owner for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to ceDe 2 - 1994 Pile 00712 31 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an i'!fringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the panies to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2- 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set fonh in supplementary conditions. the extent of the loss or damage as the Consultant may recommend In consultation with the Contractor. (5) The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as provided in GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurer the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. (6) In the case ofloss or damage to the Work arising from the work of another contractor, or Owner's own forces, the Owner, in accordance with the Owner's obligations under paragraph 3.2.2.4 of GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as provided in GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3- PROGRESS PAYMENT. .5 Contractors' Equipment Insurance: "All risks" contractors' equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement. 11.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractors responsibility by the terms of GC 9.1 - PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY and GC 9.2 .. DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. 11.1.3 Where the full insurable value of the Work is substantially less than the Contract Price, the Owner may reduce the amount of insurance required or waive the course of construction insurance requirement. 11.1.4 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required by the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence to the Contractor and the Consultant. The Contractor shall pay the cost thereof to the Owner on demand or the Owner may deduct the amount which is due or may become due to the Contractor. 11.1.5 All required insurance policies shall be with insurers licensed to underwrite insurance in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work. GC 11.2 BONDS 11.2.1 The Contractor shall, prior to commencement of the Work or within the specified time, provide to the Owner any surety bonds required by the Contract. 11.2.2 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the CCDC approved bond forms. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 32 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes on infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDC 2 - 1994 except to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION - WAIVER- WARRANTY GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION 12.1.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant, their agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings (hereinafter called "claims"), by third parties that arise out of, or are attributable to, the Contractor's performance of the Contract provided such claims are: .1 attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, and .2 caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable, and .3 made in writing within a period of6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above. 12.1.2 The obligation of the Contractor to indemnify hereunder shall be limited to $2,000,000 per occurrence from the commencement of the Work until Substantial Performance of the Work and thereafter to an aggregate limit of $2,000,000. 12.1.3 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, the Contractor's agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Place of the Work. 12.1.4 GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3- RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSlBrUTY. GC 12.2 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 12.2.1 Waiver of Claims by Owner As of the date of the final certificate for payment, the Owner expressly waives and releases the Contractor from all claims against the Contractor including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Contractor except one or more of the following: .1 those made in writing prior to the date of the final certificate for payment and still unsettled; .2 those arising from the provisions ofGC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION or GC 12.3 - WARRANTY; .3 those arising from the provisions of paragraph 93.5 of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SlIBST ANCES AND MATERI ALS and arising from the Contractor bringing or introducing any toxic or hazardous substances and materials to the Place of the Work after the Contractor commences the Work. In the Common Law provinces GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: .4 those made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter period as may be ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 33R This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe 2 document not containing a CCDC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCDe 2 _ 199-1 ecept to the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are setforth in supplementary conditions. -- prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work and arising from any liability of the Contractor for damages resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Contract with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the Work for which the Contractor is proven responsible. As used herein "substantial defects or deficiencies" means those defects or deficiencies in the Work which affect the Work to such an extent or in such a manner that a significant part or the whole of the Work is unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents. In the Province of Quebec GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: .4 those arising under the provisions of Article 2118 ofthe Civil Code of Quebec. 12.2.2 Waiver of Claims by Contractor As of the date of the final certificate for payment, the Contractor expressly waives and releases the Owner from all claims against the Owner including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Owner except: .1 those made in writing prior to the Contractor's application for final payment and still unsettled; and .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND 1\1 A TERIALS or GC 10.3 - PATENT FEES. 12.2.3 GC 12.2 - WAIVER OF CLAIMS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY GC 12.3 WARRANTY 12.3.1 The warranty period with regard to the Contract is one year from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or those periods specified in the Contract Documents for certain portions of the Work or Products. 12.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work to the extent that the design and Contract Documents permit such performance. 12.3.3 Except for the provisions of paragraph 12.3.6 and subject to paragraph 12.3.2, the Contractor shall correct promptly, at the Contractor's expense, defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear prior to and during the warranty periods specified in the Contract Documents. 12.3.4 The Owner, through the Consultant, shall promptly give the Contractor notice in writing of observed defects and deficiencies that occur during the warranty period. 12.3.5 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of paragraph 12.3.3. 12.3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Product warranties in excess of one year on behalf of the Owner from the manufacturer. These Product warranties shall be issued by the manufacturer to the benefit of the Owner. eeDe 2 - 1994 Pile 00712 34R This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCOC 2 document not containing a CCOC 2 copyright seal constitutes an infringement afCopyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC 2 copyright seal to demonstrate that it is intended by the parties to be an accurate and unamended version ofCCOC 2 - 1994 eceptto the extent that any alterations, additions or modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions.